Sony kv27fs210 - kv32fs210 - (ET) PDF

HISTORY INFORMATION FOR THE FOLLOWING MANUAL:
SERVICE MANUAL BA-5D CHASSIS
MODEL NAME REMOTE COMMANDER DESTINATION CHASSIS NO.
KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65LA
KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64HA
KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN NORTH SCC-S62SA
KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN SOUTH SCC-S62TA
KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65NA
KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64KA
KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65PA
KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 HAWAII SCC-S67DA
ORIGINAL MANUAL ISSUE DATE: 5/2003
☛ :UPDATED ITEM
REVISION DATE SUBJECT
5/2003 No revisions or updates are applicable at this time.

5/2003 Correction-1 Replaced GK PWB Conductor Side (Page 51)
9/2003 Added assembly P/N for Woofer Assembly (Replace Page 59)
TRINITRON® COLOR TELEVISION

9-965-941-03
Self Diagnosis
Supported model
SERVICE MANUAL BA-5D CHASSIS
MODEL NAME REMOTE COMMANDER DESTINATION CHASSIS NO.
KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65LA
KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64HA
KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN NORTH SCC-S62SA
KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN SOUTH SCC-S62TA
KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65NA
KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64KA
KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65PA
KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 HAWAII SCC-S67DA
KV-27FS210 RM-Y181
TRINITRON® COLOR TELEVISION

9-965-941-03
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION TITLE PAGE

Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 4
Warning and Cautions ................................................................................................................................ 5
Safety Check-Out ....................................................................................................................................... 6
Self-Diagnostic Function............................................................................................................................. 7
SECTION 1: DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................... 10
1-1. Rear Cover Removal........................................................................................................................ 10
1-2. Chassis Assembly Removal............................................................................................................. 10
1-3. Service Position ............................................................................................................................... 10
1-4. Picture Tube Removal.......................................................................................................................11
Anode Cap Removal Procedure........................................................................................................11
SECTION 2: SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS............................................................................................................ 12
2-1. Beam Landing .................................................................................................................................. 12
2-2. Convergence.................................................................................................................................... 13
2-3. Focus ............................................................................................................................................... 14
2-4. Screen (G2)...................................................................................................................................... 15
2-5. White Balance Adjustments ............................................................................................................. 15
SECTION 3: SAFETY RELATED ADJUSTMENTS......................................................................................... 16
3-1. X R565 Confirmation Method (HV Hold-Down Confirmation) and Readjustments ........................ 16
3-2. B+ Voltage Confirmation and Adjustment ........................................................................................ 16
SECTION 4: CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS.......................................................................................................... 17
4-1. Setting the Service Adjustment Mode .............................................................................................. 17
4-2. Memory Write Confirmation Method ................................................................................................ 17
4-3. Remote Adjustment Buttons and Indicators ..................................................................................... 17
4-4. Service Data Lists ............................................................................................................................ 18
4-5. ID Map Table .................................................................................................................................... 26
4-6. A Board Adjustments........................................................................................................................ 27
SECTION 5: DIAGRAMS................................................................................................................................. 30
5-1. Circuit Boards Location .................................................................................................................... 30
5-2. Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram Information.............................................................. 30
5-3. Block Diagram.................................................................................................................................. 31
5-4. Schematics and Supporting Information .......................................................................................... 32
A Board Schematic Diagram ............................................................................................................ 32
HR Board Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................................... 37
HU Board Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................................... 38
P Board Schematic Diagram............................................................................................................ 41
BD Board Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................................... 43
C Board Schematic Diagram............................................................................................................ 45
V Board Schematic Diagram............................................................................................................ 47
GK Board Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................................... 49
TK Board Schematic Diagram.......................................................................................................... 52
5-5. Semiconductors ............................................................................................................................... 55
SECTION 6: EXPLODED VIEWS.................................................................................................................... 56
6-1. Chassis (KV-27FS210 Only) ............................................................................................................ 56
6-2. Picture Tube (KV-27FS210 Only)..................................................................................................... 57
6-3. Chassis (KV-29FA210 Only) ............................................................................................................ 58
6-4. Picture Tube (KV-29FA210 Only) ..................................................................................................... 59
SECTION 7: ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST........................................................................................................ 64
—3—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SPECIFICATIONS
KV-29FA210 (N) KV-29FA210 (S) KV-27FS210 KV-32FS210 KV-36FS210

Power requirements 120V, 60Hz 220V, 50/60Hz 120V, 60Hz
Number of Inputs/Outputs
Video 1) 3 3
S. Video 2) 1 1
RF 1 1
Y, PB, PR 3) 2 2
Audio 4) 3 3
Audio Out 5) 3 3
Speaker Output 10W x 2 10W x 2
External Subwoofer 20W
Power Consumption (W)
In use (Max) 175W 175W 195W
In Standby 1W 1W 1W
Dimensions (W/H/D)
mm 784 x 601.5 x 520 mm 784 x 601.5 x 520 mm 898 x 682 x 584 mm 1020 x 760 x 640 mm
in 30 7/8 x 23 1/8 x 20 1/2 in 30 7/8 x 23 1/8 x 20 1/2 in 35 3/8 x 26 7/8 x 23 in 40 1/4 x 30 x 25 1/4 in
Mass
kg 52.8 kg 46.8 kg 78.5 kg 101.2 kg
lbs 116 lbs 2 oz 103 lbs 8 oz 167 lbs 11 oz 223 lbs
1) 1 Vp-p 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative
2) Y: 1 Vp-p 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative
Television system C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms
American TV standard, NTSC 3) Y: 1.0 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative;
PB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Channel coverage PR: Vp-p, 75 ohms

4) 500 mVrms (100% modulation), Impedance: 47 kilohms
VHF: 2-13/ UHF: 14-69/ CATV: 1-125
5) More than 408 mVrms at the maximum volume setting (variable)
More than 408 mVrms (fix)
Picture tube
®
FD Trinitron tube
Visible screen size

27 inch picture measured diagonally (KV-27FS210/29FA210 Only)
32 inch picture measured diagonally (KV-32FS210 Only)
36 inch picture measured diagonally (KV-36FS210 Only)
Actual screen size

29 inch measured diagonally (KV-27FS210/29FA210 Only)
34 inch measured diagonally (KV-32FS210 Only)
38 inch measured diagonally (KV-36FS210 Only)
Antenna
75-ohm external antenna terminal for VHF/UHF
Supplied Accessories
Size AA (R6) batteries (2)
Remote Control RM-Y180 (1) (KV-29FA210 Only)
Remote Control RM-Y181 (1) (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 Only)
Optional Accessories
TV Stand: SU-27FS1 (KV-27FS210/29FA210 Only)
SU-32FS1 (KV-32FS210 Only)
SU-36FS1 (KV-36FS210 Only)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
—4—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
WARNING AND CAUTIONS
CAUTION
Short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT shield, or carbon painted on the CRT, after
removing the anode.
WARNING!!
An isolation transformer should be used during any service to avoid possible shock hazard, because of live chassis. The chassis of
this receiver is directly connected to the ac power line.
! SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

Components identified by shading and ! mark on the schematic diagrams, exploded views, and in the parts list are critical for safe
operation. Replace these components with Sony parts whose part numbers appear as shown in this manual or in supplements
published by Sony. Circuit adjustments that are critical for safe operation are identified in this manual. Follow these procedures
whenever critical components are replaced or improper operation is suspected.
ATTENTION!!
Apres avoir deconnecte le cap de l’anode, court-circuiter l’anode du tube cathodique et celui de l’anode du cap au chassis metallique
de l’appareil, ou la couche de carbone peinte sur le tube cathodique ou au blindage du tube cathodique.
Afin d’eviter tout risque d’electrocution provenant d’un chássis sous tension, un transformateur d’isolement doit etre utilisé lors de tout
dépannage. Le chássis de ce récepteur est directement raccordé à l’alimentation du secteur.
! ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS A LA SECURITE!!

Les composants identifies par une trame et par une marque ! sur les schemas de principe, les vues explosees et les listes de pieces
sont d’une importance critique pour la securite du fonctionnement. Ne les remplacer que par des composants Sony dont le numero
de piece est indique dans le present manuel ou dans des supplements publies par Sony. Les reglages de circuit dont l’importance
est critique pour la securite du fonctionnement sont identifies dans le present manuel. Suivre ces procedures lors de chaque
remplacement de composants critiques, ou lorsqu’un mauvais fonctionnement suspecte.
—5—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following Leakage Test
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from
all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to
1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly soldered chassis, must not exceed 0.5 mA (500 microamperes). Leakage current
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and can be measured by any one of three methods.
bridges.
1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions to use these
touching high-wattage resistors. instructions.
3. Check that all control knobs, shields, covers, ground straps, and 2. A battery-operated AC milliampmeter. The Data Precision 245 digital
mounting hardware have been replaced. Be absolutely certain that multimeter is suitable for this job.
you have replaced all the insulators.
3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM
4. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indication is 0.75 V,
that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the so analog meters must have an accurate low voltage scale. The
customer and recommend their replacement. Simpson’s 250 and Sanwa SH-63TRD are examples of passive
VOMs that are suitable. Nearly all battery-operated digital multimeters
that have a 2 VAC range are suitable (see Figure A).
5. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of
deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their
replacement.
How to Find a Good Earth Ground
A cold-water pipe is a guaranteed earth ground; the cover-plate retaining
6. Check the line cords for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the screw on most AC outlet boxes is also at earth ground. If the retaining
replacement of any such line cord to the customer. screw is to be used as your earth ground, verify that it is at ground by
measuring the resistance between it and a cold-water pipe with an
7. Check the B+ and HV to see if they are specified values. Make sure ohmmeter. The reading should be zero ohms.
your instruments are accurate; be suspicious of your HV meter if
sets always have low HV. If a cold-water pipe is not accessible, connect a 60- to 100-watt trouble-
light (not a neon lamp) between the hot side of the receptacle and the
retaining screw. Try both slots, if necessary, to locate the hot side on the
8. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs, screws, line; the lamp should light at normal brilliance if the screw is at ground
and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check leakage as potential (see Figure B).
described below.
To Exposed Metal
Parts on Set
Trouble Light
Ohmmeter
AC Outlet Box
AC Voltmeter
0.15 µF 1.5 kΩ (0.75 V)
Cold-water Pipe
Earth Ground
Figure A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage. Figure B. Checking for earth ground.
—6—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Self Diagnosis

Supported model
The units in this manual contain a self-diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY/TIMER LED will automatically begin to flash. The number
of times the LED flashes translates to a probable source of the problem. A definition of the STANDBY/TIMER LED flash indicators is listed in the
instruction manual for the user’s knowledge and reference. If an error symptom cannot be reproduced, the Remote Commander can be used to review
the failure occurrence data stored in memory to reveal past problems and how often these problems occur.
Diagnostic Test Indicators

When an error occurs, the STANDBY/TIMER LED will flash a set number of times to indicate the possible cause of the problem. If there is more than
one error, the LED will identify the first of the problem areas.
Results for all of the following diagnostic items are displayed on screen. If the screen displays a “0”, an error has occurred.
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
Display of Standby/Timer LED Flash Count
2 times
3 times
4 times
5 times
9 times
10 times
Standby/Timer LED
LED ON 0.3 sec.
LED OFF 0.3 sec. LED OFF
3 sec.
Diagnostic Item Flash Count*

+B Overcurrent 2 times
+B Overvoltage 3 times
V-STOP 4 times
IK (AKB) 5 times
Zero Cross 9 times
9V 10 times
*One flash count is not used for self-diagnostic.
—7—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
Stopping the Standby/Timer LED Flash

Turn off the power switch on the TV main unit or unplug the power cord from the outlet to stop the STANDBY/TIMER LAMP from flashing.
Self-Diagnostic Screen Display

For errors with symptoms such as “power sometimes shuts off” or “screen sometimes goes out” that cannot be confirmed, it is possible to bring up past
occurrences of failure on the screen for confirmation.
To Bring Up Screen Test

In standby mode, press buttons on the Remote Commander sequentially, in rapid succession, as shown below:
DISPLAY Channel 5 Sound volume - Power ON.
SELF DIAGNOSIS
2: +B OCP 0
3: +B OVP 0
Numeral “0” means that no fault was detected.
4: VSTOP 0
Numeral “1” means a fault was detected one time only.
5: AKB 1
9: ZCD 0
10: 9VON 0
101: WDT 0
Serial: xxxxxxx
Model: xxxxxxx
Handling of Self-Diagnostic Screen Display

Since the diagnostic results displayed on the screen are not automatically cleared, always check the self-diagnostic screen during repairs. When you
have completed the repairs, clear the result display to “0”.
Unless the result display is cleared to “0”, the self-diagnostic function will not be able to detect subsequent faults after completion of the repairs.
Clearing the Result Display

To clear the result display to “0”, press buttons on the Remote Commander sequentially when the diagnostic screen is displayed, as shown below:
Channel 8 ENTER
Quitting the Self-Diagnostic Screen

To quit the entire self-diagnostic screen, turn off the power switch on the Remote Commander or the main unit.
Self-Diagnostic Circuit
TO V BOARD
A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD A BOARD
Q904
IC301 IC561 IC001 IC003
BASE
Y/CHROMA JUNGLE V. OUT SYSTEM MEMORY
FROM FROM
A BOARD IO-BDAT
C BOARD 36 IK-AKBIN 26 5 BDA
IC702 PIN 5 VM-OUT 31 3 REF Q003 48 I-OCP
COLLECTOR
A BOARD A BOARD
33 HP(PROT) O-TIMER-LED
FROM Q651
Q530 60
SDA 61 27 DISPLAY
FROM
A BOARD 45 33
38 9V
Q6006
COLLECTOR ZERO CROSS I_9V CK
—8—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
+B overcurrent (OCP)
Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B (135V) line is detected by pin 48 of IC001 (A Board). If the voltage of pin 48 of IC001 (A Board) is less than 1V
when V.SYNC is more than seven verticals in a period, the unit will automatically turn off.
+B overvoltage (OVP)
Occurs when a high is felt on pin 2 of IC501 (A Board).
V-STOP
Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 31 of IC301 (A Board). Power supply will shut down when waveform interval
exceeds 2 seconds.
IK (AKB)
If the RGB levels* do not balance within 2 seconds after the power is turned on, this error will be detected by IC301 (A Board). TV will stay on, but
there will be no picture.
*(Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects 1K).
Zero Cross
Check Q691 collector (GK Board) 7.5V STBY goes to 0V when the set is turned on.
9V Check
Check Q691 collector (GK Board) 7.5V STBY goes to 0V when the set is turned on.
—9—
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 1: DISASSEMBLY
1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL

4 Screws
+BVTP 4 x 16
Rear Cover
4 Screws
+BVTP 4 x 16
6 Screws
+BVTP 4 x 16
1-2. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1-3. SERVICE POSITION
Chassis Assembly
C Board
GK Board
A Board
— 10 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
1-4. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
WARNING: BEFORE REMOVING THE ANODE CAP

High voltage remains in the CRT even after the power is disconnected. To avoid electric shock,
Coated
discharge CRT before attempting to remove the anode cap. Short between anode and CRT Earth
coated earth ground strap. Ground
Strap
1
10 2
1. Discharge the anode of the CRT and remove the anode cap.
2. Unplug all interconnecting leads from the deflection yoke,
neck assembly, degaussing coils and CRT grounding strap.
3 3. Remove the C Board from the CRT.
8 4. Remove the chassis assembly.
5. Loosen the neck assembly fixing screw and remove.
5 6. Loosen the deflection yoke fixing screw and remove.
7. Place the set with the CRT face down on a cushion and
6 remove the degaussing coil holders.
8. Remove the degaussing coils.
9. Remove the CRT grounding strap and spring tension devices.
10. Unscrew the four CRT fixing screws [located on each CRT
7 corner] and remove the CRT [Take care not to handle the
9 CRT by the neck].
ANODE CAP REMOVAL PROCEDURE
WARNING: High voltage remains in the CRT even after the power is disconnected. To avoid electric shock, discharge CRT before attempting to
remove the anode cap. After removing the anode cap, short circuit to either the metal chassis, CRT shield, or carbon painted on the CRT.
NOTE: After removing the anode cap, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to either the metal chassis, CRT shield or carbon
painted on the CRT.
REMOVAL PROCEDURES
c
b
a
Anode Button
Turn up one side of the rubber cap in Use your thumb to pull the rubber When one side of the rubber cap separates from
the direction indicated by arrow a . cap firmly in the direction indicated the anode button, the anode cap can be removed
by arrow b . by turning the rubber cap and pulling it in the
direction of arrow c .
HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE CAP
1. Do not use sharp objects which may cause damage to the surface of the anode
cap.
2. To avoid damaging the anode cap, do not squeeze the rubber covering too
hard. A material fitting called a shatter-hook terminal is built into the rubber.
3. Do not force turn the foot of the rubber cover. This may cause the shatter-hook
terminal to protrude and damage the rubber.
— 11 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 2: SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
The following adjustments should be made when a complete Perform the adjustments in order as follows:
realignment is required or a new picture tube is installed. 1. Beam Landing
These adjustments should be performed with rated power supply 2. Convergence
voltage unless otherwise noted. 3. Focus
4. Screen (G2)/White Balance
The controls and switch should be set as follows unless otherwise
noted: Test Equipment Required:
1. Color Bar Pattern Generator
PICTURE CONTROL: normal 2. Degausser
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL: normal 3. DC Power Supply
4. Digital Multimeter
5. Oscilloscope
6. CRT Analyzer
2-1. BEAM LANDING

Preparation:
• Input a white pattern signal.
• Face the picture tube in an East or West direction to reduce the
influence of geomagnetism.
NOTE: Do not use the hand degausser; it magnetizes the CRT .
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
1. Input white pattern from pattern generator.
2. Loosen the deflection yoke mounting screw, and set the purity control
to the center as shown below:
6. Switch over the raster signal to red and blue and confirm the
condition.
Purity Control 7. When the position of the deflection yoke is determined, tighten it with
the deflection yoke mounting screw.
8. When landing at the corner is not right, adjust by using the disk
magnets.
Purity control
corrects this area
Disk magnets a b
or rotatable disk
magnets correct
these areas (a-d) c d
Deflection yoke positioning

corrects these areas
3. Input green pattern from pattern generator.

4. Move the deflection yoke backward, and adjust with the purity control b
so that green is in the center and red and blue are even on both sides. d
c
Blue Red
Green
5. Move the deflection yoke forward, and adjust so that the entire screen
becomes green.
— 12 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
2-2. CONVERGENCE OPERATION OF BMC (HEXPOLE) MAGNET

Preparation: The respective dot positions resulting from moving each magnet interact,
• Perform FOCUS, V. LIN and V. SIZE adjustments. so perform adjustment while tracking.
• Set BRIGHTNESS control to minimum.
• Input dot pattern. 1 Use the V.STAT tabs to adjust the red, green, and blue dots so they
line up at the center of the screen (move the dots in a horizontal
direction).
Center dot R
R G B R G B R G B
G
B
RV701 V.STAT
R G B
G
R B R G B R B
G
V.STAT magnet Y SEPARATION AXIS CORRECTION MAGNET

ADJUSTMENT
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STATIC 1. Input cross-hatch pattern, adjust PICTURE to minimum and
BRIGHTNESS to normal.
CONVERGENCE
2. Adjust the deflection yoke upright so it touches the CRT.
1. Adjust V. STAT magnet to converge red, green and blue dots in the 3. Adjust so that the Y separation axis correction magnet on the neck
center of the screen (Vertical movement). assembly is symmetrical from top to bottom (open state).
Tilt the V. STAT magnet and adjust static convergence to open or

close the V. STAT magnet.
V.STAT
BMC MAGNET
2. When the V. STAT magnet is moved in the direction of arrow a and b,

PURITY
red, green, and blue dots move as shown below:
1 a a b
b b B B
G G
R R
2 a
a
R G B 4. Return the deflection yoke to its original position.
b
b
B G R
3 a b
b a
R B
G G
b
B R
— 13 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT 1. Adjust XCV core to balance X axis.

2. Adjust YCH VR to balance Y axis.
Before starting, perform Vertical and Horizontal Static Convergence
3. Adjust vertical red and blue convergence with V.TILT (TLV VR.)
Adjustment.
Perform adjustments while tracking items 1 and 2.
4. Adjust Y MAGNET to correct V.BOW Geometry Distortion.
1. Slightly loosen deflection yoke screw.
5. Adjust H-TRP to correct H.Trapezoid Geometry Distortion.
2. Remove deflection yoke spacers.
3. Move the deflection yoke for best convergence as shown below:
After adjusting items 4 and 5, confirm overall geometry again.
R B G R B
G G
B R G B R
SCREEN-CORNER CONVERGENCE
R G B B G R
1. Affix a permalloy assembly corresponding to the misconverged areas:
B G R R G B b
a
a b
a-d: screen-corner
B R G B R
misconvergence
G G c d
R B G R B
4. Tighten the deflection yoke screw.

5. Install the deflection yoke spacers. c
d
TLH PLATE ADJUSTMENT 2-3. FOCUS

Preparation: 1. Input monoscope signal.
• Input crosshatch pattern. 2. Set user controls to normal.
• Adjust Picture Quality to standard, Picture and Brightness to 50%, and 3. Set video mode to STANDARD.
Other to standard.
4. Set the PICTURE to maximum.
• Adjust the Horizontal Convergence of red and blue dots by tilting the
5. Adjust at 325 Mark for best center/corner focus balance.
TLH plate on the deflection yoke.
6. Receive an entire white signal. Make sure Magenta Ring is at an
acceptable level.
Y Magnet
C Board
V Board TLH Plate

RV701 Focus
V.STAT
Screen (G2)
XCV 325 MARK
35
H-TRP TLV 325
35 MARK
YCH
CENTER
CIRCLE
BR R B TLH+
(R)(B) (B)(R) TLH-
— 14 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
2-4. SCREEN (G2) 2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENTS

1. Input dot pattern from the pattern generator.
��
2. Set the user controls to NORMAL.
��
3. Attach the G2-Jig to the C Board.
��
4. Adjust RCUT, GCUT, BCUT, and SBRT in service mode with an
oscilloscope so that voltages on the red, green, and blue cathodes ��
are 170 ± 4.0Vdc. ��
5. Observe the screen and adjust SCREEN (G2) VR to obtain the ��
faintly visible background of dot signal. ��
6. Push the TEST + JUMP (+ Channel) to cut off the signal. The screen ��
should be bright or dark. Brightness of raster must be increased
when adjusting.
7. Adjust screen VR until the screen is slightly cut off, or scarcely lights 1. Set program palette to STANDARD and push RESET.
up. A signal cannot be seen when the brightness of the raster is high. 2. Input an entire white signal.
8. Push the JUMP again to release the cut off. 3. Set to Service Adjustment Mode.
4. Set the PICTURE and BRIGHT to minimum.
5. Adjust with SBRT if necessary.
6. Set RCUT to “14”.
170 + 4.0 Vdc
170Vdc pedestal
7. Select GCUT and BCUT with 3 and 5 .
GND 8. Adjust by pressing 1 and 4 for the best white balance.
9. Set the PICTURE and BRIGHT to maximum.
10. Select GDRV and BDRV with and .
11. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best white balance.
12. Write into the memory by pressing 3 then 5 .
13. Repeat steps 1-12 for GDR4, BDR4, GCU4 and BCU4 using
Video 4 input.
* Use values from Sub Contrast Adjustments
White balance should be adjusted after Sub Contrast because

RDRV is also used in Sub Contrast Adjustment. (See page 27).
— 15 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 3: SAFETY RELATED ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. X R565 CONFIRMATION METHOD HOLD-DOWN READJUSTMENT

(HV HOLD-DOWN CONFIRMATION) AND
READJUSTMENTS If the setting indicated in Step 2 of Hold-Down Operation Confirmation
cannot be met, readjustment should be performed by altering the
Always perform the following adjustments when replacing the following
resistance value of R530, R531 component marked with X.
components marked with a Y mark on the schematic diagram:
�� digital multimeter
�� +
-
��
��
��
��
TP85 T503
�� TP85
R531 R530 FBT
FBT
��
PREPARATION BEFORE CONFIRMATION ammeter

3mA DC range
+
-
1. Using a Variac, apply AC input voltage: 120 +/- 2.0 VAC. DC Power Supply A
+
2. Turn the POWER switch ON. -
3. Input a white signal and set the PICTURE and BRIGHT controls to
maximum.
4. Confirm that the voltage of more than 23.0 VDC appears between Figure 1
TP85 and ground on the A Board.
HOLD-DOWN OPERATION CONFIRMATION 3-2. B+ VOLTAGE CONFIRMATION AND

1. Connect the current meter between Pin 11 of the FBT (T503) and the
ADJUSTMENT
PWB land where Pin 11 would normally attach. (See Figure 1). Always perform the following adjustments when replacing the following
2. Input a dot signal and set PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS to minimum: components, which are marked with Y on the schematic diagram on the
IABL = 2175 + 100/ -325 µA. GK Board:
3. Confirm the voltage of A Board TP91 is 135 ± 1.5 VDC. ��
4. Connect the digital voltmeter and the DC power supply to TP85 and
ground. (See Figure 1 above). ��
5. Increase the DC power voltage gradually until the picture blanks out. ��
6. Turn DC power source off immediately.
7. Read the digital voltmeter indication (standard = 27.24 + 0.0/ - 0.1 1. Using a Variac, apply AC input voltage: 130 + 2.0/-0.0 VAC
VDC).
2. Input a monoscope signal.
8. Input a white signal and set PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS to
3. Set the PICTURE control and the BRIGHT control to
maximum: IABL = 2175 + 100/ -325 µA.
minimum.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 7.
4. Confirm the voltage on A Board between TP23 and ground is less
than 136.5 VDC.
5. If step 4 is not satisfied, replace R530 and R531 on A Board and
repeat the above steps.
— 16 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 4: CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS BY REMOTE COMMANDER

Use the Remote Commander (RM-Y180/RM-Y181) to perform the circuit adjustments in this section.
Test Equipment Required: 1. Pattern generator 2. Frequency counter 3. Digital multimeter 4. Audio oscillator
4-1. SETTING THE SERVICE ADJUSTMENT 4-2. MEMORY WRITE CONFIRMATION

MODE METHOD
1. Standby mode (Power off). 1. After adjustment, pull out the plug from the AC outlet, then replace
2. Press the following buttons on the remote commander within a the plug in the AC outlet again.
second of each other: 2. Turn the power switch ON and set to Service Mode.
DISPLAY Channel 5 Sound Volume + Power 3. Call the adjusted items again to confirm they were adjusted.
SERVICE ADJUSTMENT MODE ON 4-3. REMOTE ADJUSTMENT BUTTONS AND

Disp.
(Item)
Item
order
Item
data
INDICATORS
VP 0 7 SERVICE
MUTING POWER
HSIZ TV (Enter into (Service Mode)
Mode memory)
1. The CRT displays the item being adjusted. DISPLAY

(Service Mode)
2. Press 1 or 2 on the Remote Commander to select the item.
3. Press 3 or 6 on the Remote Commander to change the data. 3
Item
4. Press MUTING then ENTER to write into memory.
1 (Data up)
Disp. (Item up) 6
SERVICE ADJUSTMENT MODE MEMORY Item
Disp. Item Item 2 (Data down)
(Item) order data (Device Item Up)
5
(Device item
VP 0 7 SERVICE
HSIZ TV 4 down)
Disp. (Item down)
ENTER
(Enter into
8 memory)
(Initialize) 0
(Remove from
1. Press 8 then ENTER on the Remote Commander to initialize. VOLUME (+) memory)
(Service Mode)
Disp. Item Item
(Item) order data
VP 0 7 WRITE
HSIZ TV
Carry out Step 1 when adjusting

ID’s 0-7 and when replacing and RM-Y181
adjusting IC003.
2. Press MUTING then ENTER to write into memory.

3. DO NOT turn off set until SERVICE appears.
— 17 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
4-4. SERVICE DATA LISTS
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 18 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 19 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 20 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 21 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 22 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 23 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 24 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 25 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SERVICE DATA LISTS
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
4-5. ID MAP TABLE

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
— 26 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
4-6. A BOARD ADJUSTMENTS

H. FREQUENCY (FREE RUN) CHECK DISPLAY POSITION ADJUSTMENT (DISP)
1. Input a TV mode (RF) with no signal. 1. Input a color-bar signal.
2. Connect a frequency counter to base of Q501 2. Set to Service Adjustment Mode.
(TP-25 H. DRIVE) on the A Board. 3. Select DISP with 1 and 4 .
3. Check H. Frequency for 15734 ± 400/-200 Hz. 4. Adjust values of DISP with 3 and 6 to adjust characters to the center.
5. Write to memory by pressing MUTING then ENTER .
V. FREQUENCY (FREE RUN) CHECK 6. Check to see if the text is displayed on the screen.
��
1. Select video 1 with no signal input. ��
2. Set the conditions for a standard setting.
��
3. Connect the frequency counter to TP-27 (V OUT) or CN501 pin 6 ��
(V DY+) and ground on the A Board . ��
4. Check that V. Frequency shows 60 ± 5 Hz.
��
SUBCONTRAST ADJUSTMENT (RDRV)

SUB BRIGHT ADJUSTMENT (SBRT)
1. Input a color-bar signal and set the level to 75%.
2. Set in Standard mode. 1. Input a monoscope signal.
3. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode. Set color min pic max. 2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
4. Set GON and BON items. Using 3 and 6 set each to the following 3. Set the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS to minimum.
values. Leave RON set to “1”. 4. Select the SBRT item with 1 and 4 .
5. Adjust the values of SBRT with 3 and 6 to obtain a faintly visible
�� crosshatch.
��
�� 6. Press MUTING then ENTER to save into the memory.
SUB HUE, SUB COLOR ADJUSTMENT

��
��
��
(SHUE, SCOL)
��
1. Input color-bar signal at 75%.
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
R ON: ON (1) 3. Set (PIC) to Max and (COL) to 50%.
G ON: OFF (0) 4. Connect an oscilloscope probe to C Board, CN705Pin 4 Blue Out.
B ON: OFF (0) 5. Select the SHUE and SCOL item with 1 and 4 .
6. While showing the SHUE item, adjust the waveform with 1 and 4 until
the second and third bars show the same level
5. Connect an oscilloscope probe to C Board, CN705 pin 3 (Red Out)
(V2 = V3 < 0.15Vp-p).
(TP35).
7. While showing the SCOL item, adjust the waveform with 3 and 6 until
6. Select SCON with 1 and 4 .
the first and fourth bars show the same level
7. Adjust the value of SCON with 3 and 6 for (V1 = V4 < 0.15Vp-p).
1.90 ± 0.05Vpp.
V1 V2 V3 V4
8. Press MUTING then ENTER to save into the memory.
8. Reset GON and BON values to “1”.

R ON: ON (1)
G ON: ON (1)
B ON: ON (1)
10. After adjusting SCON, if still out of xpec, use RDRV resistor as a
fine adjustment.
— 27 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
V. SIZE ADJUSTMENT (VSIZ) H. SIZE ADJUSTMENT (HSIZ)

1. Input a crosshatch signal.
2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode. 1. Input a monoscope signal.
3. Select the VSIZ item with 1 and 4 . 2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
4. Adjust value of VPOS with 1 and 4 for the best vertical center. 3. Select HSIZ with 1 and 4 .
5. Press MUTING then ENTER to save into the memory. 4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal size.
V. CENTER ADJUSTMENT (VPOS)

Perform this adjustment after performing H. Frequency V. LINEARITY (VLIN), V. CORRECTION
(Free Run) Check. (SCOR), PIN AMP (PAMP), AND
1. Input a crosshatch signal. HORIZONTAL TRAPEZOID (HTRP)
ADJUSTMENTS
3. Select the VPOS item with 1 and 4 .
4. Adjust value of VPOS with 3 and 6 for the best vertical center. 1. Input a crosshatch signal.
5. Press MUTING then ENTER to save into the memory. 2. Activate the Service Adjustment Mode.
3. Select VLIN, SCOR, PAMP, and HTRP with 1 and 4 .
4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal size.
V LINEARITY (VLIN)
H. CENTER ADJUSTMENT (HPOS)
Perform this adjustment after performing H. Frequency

(Free Run) Check.
V CORRECTION (SCOR)
3. Select the HPOS item with 1 and 4 .
4. Adjust the value of HPOS with 3 and 6 for the best horizontal center.
5. Press MUTING then ENTER to save into the memory. PIN AMP (PAMP)
HORIZONTAL TRAPEZOID (HTRP)
— 28 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
V. ANGLE (VANG), V. BOW (VBOW), UPPER

PIN (UPIN) AND LOW PIN (LPIN)
ADJUSTMENTS
3. Select VANG, VBOW, UPIN, and LPIN with 1 and 4 .
4. Adjust with 3 and 6 for the best picture.
V ANGLE (VANG)
V BOW (VBOW)
UPPER PIN (UPIN)
LOW PIN (LPIN)
SERVICE ADJUSTMENT MODE MEMORY

1. After completing all adjustments, press 0 then ENTER .
Read From Memory
Display Item
Mode Category Item Data
service defl vbow 7 Green

Signal 0
Type ntsc
Red
vchp 00000000 00000000
ENTER
— 29 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 5: DIAGRAMS
5-1. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
The components identified by shading and ! symbol are critical for safety. Replace
only with part number specified.
The symbol indicates a fast operating fuse and is displayed on the component
side of the board. Replace only with fuse of the same rating as marked.
C Board Les composants identifies per un trame et une marque ! sont critiques pour la
securite. Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le numero specifie.
V Board Le symbole indique une fusible a action rapide. Doit etre remplace par une
fusible de meme yaleur, comme maque.
HR Board The components identified by X in this basic schematic diagram have

been carefully factory-selected for each set in order to satisfy regulations
BD Board
HU Board regarding X-ray radiation. Should replacement be necessary, replace
P Board GK Board A Board TK Board only with the value originally used.
(All Except KV-29FA210) (KV-29FA210 Only)
When replacing components identified by Y, make the necessary

adjustments as indicated. If the results do not meet the specified value,
5-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND change the component identified by X and repeat the adjustment until
the specified value is achieved. (Refer to Section 3: Safety Related
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INFORMATION
Adjustments on Page 16.)
All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF 50V or less are
not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums. When replacing the parts listed in the table below, it is important to
All electrolytics are in 50V unless otherwise specified. perform the related adjustments.
All resistors are in ohms. kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ
Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating electrical ��
power, is as follows: Pitch : 5mm
Rating electrical power : 1/ 4 W ��
��
1
/ 4 W in resistance, /10 W and / 8 W in chip resistance.
1 1
��
: nonflammable resistor ��
: fusible resistor ��
: internal component ��
: panel designation and adjustment for repair ��
: earth ground
: earth-chassis
All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless
otherwise noted. REFERENCE INFORMATION
Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. RESISTOR CAPACITOR
: RN METAL FILM : TA TANTALUM
Readings are taken with a 10MΩ digital multimeter. : RC SOLID : PS STYROL
Voltages are DC with respect to ground unless otherwise noted. : FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON : PP POLYPROPYLENE
: FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE : PT MYLAR
Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. : MPS METALIZED POLYESTER
: RW NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND
All voltages are in V. : RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE : MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
: RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT : ALB BIPOLAR
S : Measurement impossibility.
: ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR : ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE
: B+line : ALR HIGH RIPPLE
: B-line (Actual measured value may be different). COIL
: LF-8L MICRO INDUCTOR
: signal path (RF)
Circled numbers are waveform references.
— 30 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
5-3. BLOCK DIAGRAM

Tuner S REAR S FRONT REAR YUV YUV AUDIO AUDIO OUT
V1 L R V2 L R V3 L R Y U V L R L R
Tuner Y/C
2 Audio Amplifier
P board 2 2 2
L 2 TDA8580J 2
2
2 2 2 10W&15W
Det. out Audio Processor
R
NJW1134
L R
MOUT
3 L
Sub det-Out 4 RGB Driver
V
I2C Bus
2 Iprot 3 RGB TDA6108 Speakers
2 (For FV only) RGB 3
M306V5ME
Mircoprocessor
I.R. BC board
Video processor V-Out IR modulator
CXA2154/5AS AN5522 (24-27”)
BA3308
YUV
Vd 2 STV9379(32-36”) Sub woofer
T board (for FV only)
Hp
L.E.D.
Yout 3 TV-8
SRT
2
TA1226N
Yin C Y/C
CVBS,FSC H.Drive
3D comb PinP Proc. 2 E/W
Menu MN82832. M65665FP. Emiter IR Head
CTRL phones
P board 3L comb
Vert.
TC90A69.
Energy Star 5V 9V
5V For FS only
STBY Reg. Pin Horiz. To DY
G board Reg. H-Out
5VDC
TV-8 B+ Out 2SD2634(27”)
SRT 135V 2SC4159 2SD2645(32-36”)
DEC Rect.
Rect. Power Mosfet Low B 12.5V
2SK2876 200v
Rect. To CRT
Rect.
Audio 24V
Relay Rect. +13v
THP
L.F.T
Power Supply Rect. To CRT
OCP FBT FBT
-13v 27”-NX4521
AC Line Rect. Focus
32-36”-NX4600
D.G.C. G2 HV
— 31 —
5-4. SCHEMATICS AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 |
A A BOARD WAVEFORMS
STEREO
TUNER V3 D306
R209
100k
C203 R208
220
VIDEO3
C366 0.47 10V
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B R391
75
:CHIP
0.1
:CHIP 1/4W 9V 9V 1 2 3 4
— R217
C206
0.1
R219
220
:CHIP D201
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
:CHIP
DET OUT2
TU001 C367 0.47 10V R207
AFT OUT
DET OUT
SAP IND
100k :CHIP 1/16W R390
RF AGC
ST IND
F MONO
100k
R OUT
L OUT
:CHIP :CHIP 75
MODE
MUTE
:CHIP
30V
SCL
SDA
VIF
GND
C200 C202 R210 C453
9V
5V
AS
9V
NC
NC
D307 R909 R453
0.1 D209 0.1 220 *
R393 MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 1k 1/4W :CHIP *
C1
CN600 16V MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 16V R388
75 D200
VIDEO
TP100 :CHIP MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 1k :CHIP
R218
C207 R220
B R108 6.3V
R107
C051
C201
R202 100k
0.1 220 MONITOR
SET 5V
47 L003 220 :CHIP R910
L004 100 100 0.1 :CHIP R912 R907
1/4W :CHIP R394 C372 R452 C452
D305 1k 10k
9V :CHIP C049
10 R087
16V
R206
:CHIP
AUDIO L
D210
MTZJ-T-77-9-1B
75
1/4W :CHIP
10k 0.01
:CHIP
:CHIP * * 2.14V p-p (H) 4.5V p-p (H) 1.2V p-p (H) 0.7V p-p (H)
9V C050 MTZJ-T-77-9.1B :CHIP Q317
R099 220 :CHIP
TP602 470 22k 2SD601A-QRS-TX
RF-AGC 100 Q319 R908
1/10W 1/4W BUFFER
2SD601A-QRS-TX 4.7k
1/10W :CHIP
TO HU
D009
MTZJ-T-77-30D
:CHIP
Q002
:CHIP C368 0.47 10V BUFFER 1/10W 5 6 7 8
TO CN1003 2SD601A
16V
C055 BUFFER
100 C052
0.47
CN004 4700p L
0.033
680pF
3300p
1.0
9V
1.0
4.7
:CHIP
8P JW901
2.2
L009
C410
R098
C402
C414
C420
1.0
C416
*
C418
C422 D102
C404
C406
C408
1k R942
C412
2200 MTZJ-T-77-5.1B
FRONT-L 1 1/10W
R400
16V R303 47k
*
560 :CHIP
FRONT-R 2 R002 Q305
C GND 3
C054
C053
2200000p
6.3V
F
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 1
1/10W
:CHIP
R302
220
1/4W
:CHIP
R387
0 :CHIP
C327
0 R340
*
2SB709A
IK-BUFFER 0.9V p-p (H) 4.7V p-p (V) 2.2V p-p (H) 1.2V p-p (H)
C2
V+
4.7
TONE-LB
CRS
CTL
VREF
4
CTH
CBS
C400
LINEB
OUT-B
MONB
R336 L300
BBE1B
IN3B
IN5B
R086 470
TONE-HB
BBE2B
IN1B
IN2B
IN4B
IN6B
R342 33k
SRSFIL2
C057 * C325 47p 100
GND 5 R085
15k
33k
:CHIP
C056 C417
1000p
1/10W
:CHIP
D303
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
R343
10k R339 *
R337
1/10W R335
1k
L301
9 10 11 12
VIDEO-2 6 :CHIP 1k :CHIP
5V 3W C426
R089 C364 1/4W VIDEO
IK
C300 C326
TONE-HA
OUT-A
4.7k C
LINEA
TO-P-BOARD
TONE-LA
GND 47p Q306 :CHIP
SRS/SS
7 TP603
—
BBE1A
1/16W JW 0.033
GND
BBE2A
AGC
SDA
SCL
IN5A
MONA
CVA
IN3A
IN4A
IN6A
IN1A
2SD601A-QRS-TX
CVB
IN2A
5.0MM R341 25V Q304 TO-CN3302
Y2 8 * 2SD601A
TP102 R301 R344 MONOUT
IC400 VM OUT CN3300
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 100 470k
CN003 DET OUT * Q300
:CHIP
*
VIDEO
AUDIO PROCESSOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
6P LED TMR 1 Q005 C401
R386 R345
BUFFER
2SD601A AUDIO R *
100k 100k R346
R347 R348 ABL R308 1 14 V
R403
C032 C302
100
PWR LED C403 R350
680pF
100k
C411
0.33
2 AGC 10k
C407
C409
0.47
C413
C415
R401
TO HR BOARD
1.0
1.0
100
C427 2.2k C320
16V
10 3300p 2.2k 2.2k 4.7
Y 2 SYNC-SUB
:CHIP
CN003 GND 3
:CHIP :CHIP
:CHIP
0.47 50V 1.8V p-p (H) 1.2V p-p (V) 1.2V p-p (V) 6.6V p-p (H)
C405
D 50V
3
GND
0.033
STBY 4 R
1k
R329 R328 4
C031 R300 0.47 10V SUB-MUTE
SIRCS 5 * C321 10k
13 14 15 16
100
220p R352 R349
2SB709A-QRS-TX
R334
1/10W 47 :CHIP R325 5
:CHIP
:CHIP 0 0 R351 SUB_AUDIOL
POWER C322 25V
BUFFER
6 100
100
0
Q307
:CHIP :CHIP C309 D314
0.1 6
R333
R053 :CHIP R331 1/4W
0.1 RD9.1EW-T1
COMB-Y
25V
1k :CHIP 10k 16V
C319
25V
0.1
R052 100k 7
R332
MENU 1 1/16W B 0.1 R306
AFT
C030 B
:CHIP 16V 68k
47
— TO HU BOARD KEY 2
Q001 0.047 D111
Q308 B
R201
R338
C303 :CHIP 8
C313
2SB709A R051 MTZJ-T-77-6.2B R048 0 0.1
2SB709A Q309 100 C065
C311
H-SYNC-SEP 1M 4.7k R320
GND 3 2SB709A 25V 9
CN1001 :CHIP BUFFER 0 0.47 GND
BUFFER
C122
0.1 C029 10 DAT
R940 R389
CN006 16V 1 COMB-C 100 0
R050 R322 11
VIDEO
3P 1/4W 4.7k CLK
10k :CHIP
R321
5.9V p-p (H) 3.9V p-p (H) 3.0V p-p (H) 3.3V p-p (H)
L002
:CHIP 12 5V
J207 100
E 13 30V
:CHIP
:CHIP
2P
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
17 18 20
COMB Y
FOR JIGS
CN007
D010
MTZJ-T-77-6.2C
L001 R357
0 14 SUB-DET-OUT 19
1/4W
REG
R010
24p
VM-OUT
Q303
CVBS2-IN
SGND
VBSS-IN
1k
H-VD
I-REF
TC2
24p
CHIP
COMBY-IN
Y-CLAMP
COMBC-IN
CVBS3=IN
CVBS4IN
470
ABL-IN
APED
TC1
VDN
PIP-OUT
C1-IN
CVBS1-IN
16V
MTZJ-T-77-6.2B
MONOUT
L010
VDP
HVCC
15
C-OUT
Y2-IN
EW
SVCC
HGND
GND1
C2-IN
GND
CHIP
4P 220
Y1-IN
:CHIP
VT1M
CHIP
C017 2200p C002 2SD601A-Q
X001
CHIP
C062 1 25V R140
:CHIP
1/4W
6.8k
C330 R330
1/4W
R005
D112
220 220p
C015
100
D004 R018 220 R110
C014
10
0.1
R003
C004 330
0 CHIP
C016
220
B-CLK :CHIP
220p
4 MTZJ-T-77-5.1C 47 25V R004 11 10 100
0.001
470
0.001
Q010
560p
10p
220p
220p
470p
1M 1/4W
470
R017 220 16V 12
R013
1
R016 2SB709A-QRS-TX
10p
R113
1k
B-DAT 3 8 7 6 5 4 3
C003
CHIP R001 9 :CHIP
R015
HP/PROTECT
220 R323 BUFFER
C007
10k
C008
R019 4.7k R021 4.7k 16 15 14 560
C121
IC301 R319
R006
PIPCR-IN
B-INT
R120
R009
C005
PIPCB-IN
DVDCB-IN
2
C060
C018
C001
DVDCR-IN
1/4W
C009
C006
13
C120
R023 4.7k 1/4W CXA2154AS 100
AFC-FIL
PIPY-IN
DVDY-IN
FSC-OUT
ABL-FIL
APC-FIL
:CHIP
YUV-SW
YS2/YM
Y/C JUNGLE
GND 1
IK-IN
B-OUT
R-OUT
R039
G-OUT
B-IN
G-IN
R-IN
VCC1
VCC2
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SSCP
YOUT
GND2
XTAL
4.7k
SCL
YIN
SDA
R222 R223
NC
C208
NC
HD
2.6V p-p (H) 212.5V p-p (H) 48.1V p-p (H) 1169mV p-p (H)
I-VHOLD
100k 220
I-HPULSE
0.1
I-RESET
0-IRHP1
I-CVIN
I-VPULSE
I-SIRCS
I_0SC
I_XIN
0_XOUT
CNVSS
P62/RXD0
P63/TXD0
IO-BDAT
0_YS
IO-SDAT
I_IRHP2
0_OSC
I-HLF
O-B
O-G
IO-BCLKN
0_NVM_WP
:CHIP
:CHIP
IO-SCLKN
:CHIP
O-NS
:CHIP
O-R
O_YM
GND
AVCC
VCC
VSS
R947
B
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
0 :CHIP
0.1 16V B
IC001
21 22 23 24
1 50V
D212
25V F:CHIP
10k
25V
25V
:CHIP
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B M306V5ME-110SP
100
100
100
100
100
B
MTZJ-T-77-5.1C
UPROCESSOR C333
25V
I-HSYNC_MAIN
*
R586 C358
25V
R372
I-HSYNC-SUB
25V
C337 4.7
25V
0_TIMER_LED
O-IRHP_MUTE
0_M_PWR-LED
2.2k R381 1k 0.01 C348
R374
0.01
0.01
0
B
R224 50V
C349
0_TRV_SURR
B
470p R370
C350
C345
O-SUBTMUT
C209
C357
R111
R369
O-AGCMUTE
R380
R376
O-3DRESET
*
R378
I_9VCHECK
I-AFT-SUB
0.1
R368 0 :CHIP
100
0_IRHP3
Q402 R130 2
0-ANTSW_0
220
0_MON_SW
0.1 C359 100
47
16V
SCP
47
O-YUV-SW
16V
O-ANTSW1
O-RELAY
*
C393
0.01
C343
O-MMUTE
I-POWERN
2SD601A-QRS-TX :CHIP 330p
0_AMUTE
I-MENU
R382 C339
O-MONO
0_HTRP
O-TMUTE
9V
I-KEY
C338
I-BINT
C346 X301
C355
C354
I-ZERO
50V
I-OCP
MUTE 0.47
O-SAP
O-DGC
I-AFT
6.8k
C353
C347
C341
R379
I-SAP
C352
0.47
D211 *
0.1
R225 B
0.1
10V
C351
100k MTZJ-T-77-9.1B L302
C356
R408 C360
— :CHIP C335 C304
D304
2.2k 5V 1 18p
L303 C340 *
C344 1000
R405 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 0.01 16V
2.2k
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
L304 CHIP
1/16W
C133 R077 28.2V p-p (V) 52.8V p-p (V) 0.5V p-p (V) 52.8V p-p (V)
:CHIP
1/4W
:CHIP
R129 C026 220p R073 R941
100
C037
R007 DVD CV
* 220p :CHIP D113 R139 C034 4.7k 100
C111
R025
R145 10k R075 C044
C419 MTZJ-T-77-5.1C * 0.001 * 1/4W 1/4W
220p
0.001
220p
47
220
R033 220 220p
220
* R032 :CHIP
25
0.001
220
1k R066 R134 :CHIP
C027 220 JR415
R416 1/4W C028 220 PIP CB TO-P-BOARD
G 0.001 1/4W C035 R131 R064 10k
0
R070
R060
C038
4.7k :CHIP 1000p * * 1/16W PIP CR
:CHIP 220 R074 D320 *
C036
D110
R136 :CHIP R056 1/4W
C041
1k
PIP Y TO-CN3303
1SS133T-77
C039
4.7k 220p
220 1/4W
1/4W :CHIP Q004 R384 DVD CR CN3301
1/4W R409
G
2SD601A 39k SDAT DVD Y *
IK
R027 220 :CHIP R029 150
B
SW :CHIP
Q403 220 R133
1/4W 47k
SCL 1 DVD-Y
2SD601A-QRS-TX R071
D005 47k 1/10W R054 1k 1/4W :CHIP
MUTE 2 GND
MTZJ-T-77-10B
— R102 4.7k :CHIP
R055
R137
4.7k
R061
R038
1k C033
R135
220
C043
D415
1SS133T-77
R076
C020
220p
R011
1k
3
4
DVD-B-Y
GND 281.5V p-p (H)
47k 47k 1/4W R132 47k
R101 4.7k :CHIP 1 220p :CHIP :CHIP
1/4W * R065
R103 25V 47k :CHIP 5 DVD-R-Y
R030 4.7k :CHIP R114 R024
47k * D008
VIDEO
:CHIP
1/4W D007 680 6
R037 MA111-TX JW392
MA111-TX :CHIP
R022
4.7k
R012
* 7 MAIN HP
680
3.3k
:CHIP
-15V 8 MAIN VP
R020
680 R536 9 GND
:CHIP L503 TP99
0.47
10mmH L501 1/2W 10 P-B-Y
4 2 :HCC 10mmH D530
C212 4.7
R235 220 :CHIP T505 :HCC P6154R 11 P-R-Y
3 *
R232
C518 R576
R541 12 P-Y
470k 5 1 C537 C R560 6.8k
— :CHIP
D219
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
R078
47k
D002
MTZJ-T-77-6.2C
R034
220
:CHIP
R035
220
0.068
200V
*
470
25V
1 HV R1507
5.0MM
6.8k
3W
3W
C551
0.47
160V
13
14
PYS
ANTSW-1
NC VCC :CHIP S501
1
C213
R234
GND
1 10 200V 4 3 15 GND
2
220 D101 C550

4.7 D100 4 C542 R309
J206 :CHIP GND RESET MTZJ-T-77-9.1B MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
8 7 6 5 2 * *
0
3
R233
5P R512
470k D218 R031 :CHIP
C048 9 68 6 1
1/16W MTZJ-T-77-9.1B IC002 * R511
I
WP
1000p 3W
CLK
DAT
BD4743G-TR 7.5MM R548

STBY-5V
RESET :CHIP :RS B+ R542 8.2k

T504
C046 C045 2 * 3W
3 8 DFT
C101 10 10 T503
C047 25V
1000p H-PULSE D507 S502 *
470 IC003 1SS133T-77
:CHIP
SDA
BR24C16F-E2 1 2 3 4
R504 R505
4 7
C512
R554
D309 * * L504
C307 D501
R932 RD10ES-T1B2 MEMORY C501
22k
10mmH
*
MTZJ-T-77-5.6C
75 220p R508
C308 +12V C552
— R953
75 D310
RD10ES-T1B2 C310
Q590
HDRIVE
JW067
T501
:HDT
C508
470p
4.7k
T502
:PMT
R520 TP98
6
FV
D510
1N4937/23
220p
500V
20 22
V.DRIVE
2SD601A 1 4 3W H 5 DF R555 D512
R934 D311 HP PROT C502 C507 :RS C539 C544
75 680p D531 13 100k ERA38-06
J205 RD10ES-T1B2 YUY SW 0.47 C506 5 470mF R537 0.022
:CHIP R6003 Q6000 19 2kV D505 25V P6154R 1/4W
5P 0.047 C509 0.47 630V
10k 2SD601A-QRS-TX
3 6 B 680p D503 GP08DPKG23 1/2W
R317 C315 1/10W ZERO-DET R501 D502 SV R556
2kV C511 D506 D511
75 :CHIP * Q501 R507 * BY228 BY288 C1501
R509
C541
100k
J R6001 R590 2SC3209LK-TP

R513 47
B
*
1.0k
:FPRD
GP08DPKG23 22 C540
1/4W ERA38-06
9
100 H DRIVE 12.5MM C527 R538 100V Q507

10k R359 C554 R546 100 C573
1/16W 680p 220k R557
R057 * * 160V 2SC3840(3)
10
10k FB501 100

7
R503 C505 2kV D534 100k

R058 100k 1/10W Q502 1.1UH C517 L502 :RN H-DRV
IC303 4.7k 470p B R510
100k :CHIP 2.2mmH PG104R 12 1/4W
11
D317 2SD2645-YB C514 2.2 33

6
NJM2283 D006 C6003 C510

RD10ES-T1B2 :CHIP C513 250V :LHL08
MTZJ-T-77-10B R591 * 2W
YUV SW 1
R6002 R6004 R502 H OUT FB505 0.01 * FB504
12
:RS
5
1k 4.7k C504 1.1UH 100V 1.1UH

:CHIP 10k 1k C515 C516 H.DY(+) ABL
C373 1/4W 470p R526 :PT D504 11 D513
PIN 0.001 R553
13
C374 18 * *
4
100 D590 C503 17 FR305G-EB R547 200V RD15ESB2 CN503

— 0.1
25V 1SS133T-77 470p 33k
0.47
:FPRD
14
16V 7P
3
:CHIP 1/4
C553 * L505 *
TP94 10
15
+12V TO-C-BOARD
16
C314
1
+15V
R316 7
FB503 9 200V
75 L511 1.1UH IC561 R551
R545 R506 6
D316 3.3 47 :RS 8mmH 21 * 22 23 4.7k NC
AF C-P
RD10ES-T1B2 :FPRD 1W
VOUT
DRIVE+
K
DRIVE-
5
C520 D515 R561 8 GND
VCC+
C522 10k
VCC-
2200p PR1004GT 4
REF
OUT
C312 1.0 500V R543 HEATER
JW501 PIN-OUT -15V
C423 R414 0.47
L517 3
J203 0.1 220 R410 R569 1/4W 7 -15V
C519 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2.2mmH
:CHIP
3P 220 R517 10k

220p C545 2
R404 1.0k C565 +12V
500V C525 C526 0.068
470k 220
C421 220p 22 R568 1 HOLD-DOWN
470
R519 Q512 R534 R566 R565
*
R402 250V
SET 5V
0.1 *
* 330
— D315 D402 470k D401 2SC4159-E R524 *

*
C521 :CHIP
R515
RD10ES-T1B2 Q511 10k :CHIP 2W R558

MTZJ-T-77-9.1A MTZJ-T-77-9.1A PIN OUT
0.001 :RS * R549
2SC2412K-T-146 FB502 C568
R535
R518 TP52 R550

4.7k
10k 1.1UH 0.22
R315 PIN DRIVE C561 V DRIVE 1/4W C547 C546
R580 0.47
75 :CHIP 47
:MPS D561 100k 1/4W
TP96 * *
R523 R559 L561 1N4003GA 1/4W
R516 C528 * R574 47 5.0mm R567 V-BOOST
D536 D535
* 0.0022 D516
0 MA111-TX 1.8 :CHIP 2.2 CN501
TP89 :CHIP 1SS133T-77 C564
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 :FPRD
CLAMP 1.0 6P
YU1L
IN4R
IN4L
-15V H.DY H.DY V.DY V.DY

YU1R
S2
YU2L
YU2R
S1
IC405 E/W DRIVE TH501 WHT

L NJM2750M R528
R525
8.2k
D518 R563
+12V :DY
+B
C530 1SS133T-77 1.8

C534 8 7 6 5 JW504
YUV AUDIO SW 0.0022 22k CLAMP
L-OUT
R-OUT
47 1 H.DY(+)
IN3R
VRET
:PT :CHIP
IN3L
C529
GND
VCC+
R411 22 25V
NC
V+
470 25 2 H.DY(+)
SW 1/10W R533
9V
47k 3 H.DY(-)
3 4 R412 D412 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 :RS H.PROT
VCC-
1k MA111-TX IC501 C571

D523
D524 4 H.DY(-)
— 1 2 D413
MTZJ-T-77-7.5B C424
10
NJM2903M-TE2
PIN-CONTROL 1 2 3 4
1000 25V
MTZJ-T-77-3.6B
MTZJ-T-77-6.8B
R577
5 V.DY(-)
Q407 H.PRT 1k D519 6 V.DY(+)
C572 Q562
2SD601A-QRS-TX TP85
1/16W EL1Z
R413 R529 22k 1/16W :CHIP 1000
SW 25V
:CHIP 2SC2412K-T-146 R573
V 10k JR2
R570
I-PROT 100k 24
0 :CHIP :CHIP
C531 100k
J201
4P D522 R531 R530 22 :CHIP
12k Q561
M L
D520
1SS133T-77
C532 22
*
:CHIP 1/16W
:CHIP
2SD601A
NECK-PROT
R571
22k
C563
220
25V
R572
22k
D521 :CHIP :CHIP
TO V BOARD 1SS133T-77 MTZJ-T-77-7.5X
R
CN901 R592 0.33
R080
CN502 R532
4.7k
R593 *
:CHIP
10P 120 Q110 Q003
— C365
:CHIP
R118
* 2SD601A
OCP
R599
R595
330k
C590
10 D580
SDA
SCL
B+ 1 100p R063 25V

500V CN410 * 2.2k 1SS133T
4.7k
B JW :CHIP :CHIP
NC 2 Q320 Q531
2SB709A
TRV 4 R R630
2SB709A-QRS-TX
R594
GND 3 R915 7.5MM 10k
C6001 R916 BUFFER TO GK BOARD AUDIO-R 3 OCP LATCH R313
Q500 1.5k
330 L D508 R117 R597 0
GND 4 2SD601A 25V
0
1SS133T-77 *
N 9V 5
SW
I
G
O
C6002
CN1405 AUDIO-L
GND
2
1
0
R500 220
R564 JW398
9V 6 47 470k 7.5MM
C6005
25V R598 R596 Q532
C102 IC6008 2200 Q530
VM 7 6.8k 100k 2SA10910-TP
1000p NJM2930F05 R917 16V R578 2SD601A-QRS-TX
R583 OCP LATCH
100 1.8 OCP LATCH :CHIP
10k :CHIP 5V REG
HP 8
C535
0.1
VD+ 9
— DF-HDRV 10
R584
4.7k
16V
TUNER/IF
G
H-TRAP 8
R TUNING CONTROL
NS-MUTE 7 9V
N/S 6
DEFLECTION
G 5 SET 5V
MTS
O B 4 B
R 3
Y/C JUNGLE
GND 2
I-K 1
— CN303
8P
TO C BOARD
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
6
9
CN705
9-965-941-01<BA5D>A
COMBY
RESET
Y OUT
COMB-C
CN505
GND
GND
ZERO-DET
CN306
CVIN
SDAT
SCLK
Y IN
TO-GKBOARD TO BC BOARD
MUTE
14V
5V
7.5STBY
GND
GND
5V
FSC
NC
B+
RELAY
GND
GND
GND
CIN
14V
SCP
GND
9V
7P
DGC
GND
P TO-CN601
TO-GKBOARD
15P
CN-3500
CN504
6P TO-CN602
— 32 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST

IC001 41 5.0 IC301 41 4.6 IC400 5 2.3
PIN VOLT 42 5.0 PIN VOLT 42 4.6 PIN VOLT 6 2.5
1 4.9 43 0.2 1 5.0 43 4.6 1 4.5 7 -13.5
2 0.6 44 0.6 2 GND 44 9.0 2 4.5 8 12.0
3 GND 45 1.2 3 5.0 45 0.1 3 4.5 IC561
4 5.0 46 4.8 4 5.0 46 4.3 4 4.5 PIN VOLT
5 0.2 47 4.8 5 4.8 47 5.2 5 4.5 1 1.5
6 1.7 48 0.0 6 5.0 48 5.2 6 4.5 2 12.0
7 1.4 49 0.1 7 4.8 49 GND 7 4.5 3 -12.0
8 0.5 50 4.4 8 3.4 50 4.8 8 4.5 4 -15.0
9 0.0 51 5.0 9 5.2 51 5.2 9 4.5 5 0.3
10 5.0 52 0.1 10 1.9 52 5.2 10 4.5 6 14.2
11 GND 53 0.0 11 0.0 53 9.1 11 4.5 7 1.4
12 5.0 54 4.8 12 4.8 54 5.3 12 4.5 IC6008
13 2.3 55 0.1 13 9.0 55 N/C 13 4.5 PIN VOLT
14 GND 56 0.0 14 0.0 56 1.7 14 4.5 I 7.5
15 2.1 57 4.8 15 4.8 57 N/C 15 0.6 O 5.0
16 5.0 58 N/C 16 4.9 58 6.9 16 1.7 G GND
17 2.6 59 N/C 17 4.4 59 4.7 IC405 All voltages are in V.
18 2.6 60 0.0 18 0.0 60 4.7 PIN VOLT

19 0.3 61 0.1 19 3.8 61 4.7 1 4.5
20 0.0 62 4.6 20 5.5 62 4.7 2 0.0
21 2.1 63 0.1 21 3.6 63 1.1 3 4.5
22 5.0 64 N/C 22 5.8 64 5.1 4 GND
23 5.0 IC002 23 9.0 IC303 5 GND
24 5.0 PIN VOLT 24 4.4 PIN VOLT 6 4.5
25 5.0 1 N/C 25 0.0 1 4.5 7 4.5
26 5.0 2 GND 26 4.1 2 4.0 8 GND
27 5.0 3 GND 27 2.4 3 3.0 9 GND
28 0.0 4 5.0 28 3.5 4 GND 10 N/C
29 0.0 5 5.0 29 3.5 5 4.0 11 N/C
30 0.0 IC003 30 5.9 6 4.0 12 4.5
31 N/C PIN VOLT 31 5.5 7 0.0 13 GND
32 N/C 1 GND 32 7.6 8 4.5 14 9.0
33 4.8 2 GND 33 3.6 9 4.5 15 4.5
34 0.0 3 GND 34 2.8 10 GND 16 GND
35 0.0 4 GND 35 2.5 11 4.5 IC501
36 0.0 5 5.0 36 3.9 12 0.0 PIN VOLT
37 0.0 6 5.0 37 1.5 13 9.0 1 -13.3
38 4.2 7 0.0 38 1.6 14 4.5 2 8.2
39 1.7 8 5.0 39 1.5 15 GND 3 7.2
40 2.6 40 0.0 16 4.5 4 -15.0
— 33 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A BOARD TRANSISTOR VOLTAGE LIST

B C E B C E
Q001 0.0 0.4 5.0 Q402 0.0 0.0 GND
Q002 4.4 9.0 3.8 Q403 0.0 0.0 GND
Q003 0.7 0.0 GND Q407 0.7 0.0 GND
Q004 0.0 4.3 GND Q500 3.5 9.0 2.9
Q005 0.1 4.9 GND Q501 0.0 123.6 GND
Q010 4.3 GND 4.9 Q502 0.0 131.8 0.0
Q110 4.8 0.0 5.0 Q507 0.3 110.7 GND
Q300 4.6 GND 5.2 Q511 -13.5 -8.4 -15.0
Q304 5.0 9.0 4.4 Q512 -14.9 -2.0 -15.0
Q305 5.0 0.0 3.4 Q530 0.0 4.4 GND
Q307 1.5 GND 2.2 Q531 4.4 0.0 4.4
Q308 1.5 GND 2.2 Q532 133.6 0.0 133.8
Q309 1.5 GND 2.2 Q561 0.0 4.4 GND
Q317 0.0 3.9 GND Q562 0.0 0.0 GND
Q319 0.6 0.6 GND Q590 0.0 3.6 GND
Q320 4.6 GND 5.2 Q6000 0.6 1.2 GND
All voltages are in V.
IC001 BLOCK DIAGRAM

8 8 8 4 4 3
I/O PORTS Port P0 Port P2 Port P3 Port P4 Port P5 Port P6

Port P7
5
System clock generator
A-D converter
Internal peripheral functions
XIN-XOUT
Timer
Port P8
Timer TA0 (16bits)

OSD UART/clock synchronous SI/O
Timer TA1 (16bits) 1
Timer TA2 (16bits)
UART/clock asynchronous SI/O
Timer TA3 (16bits)
Timer TA4 (16bits) Data slicer

Multi-master PC-bus
Timer TB0 (16bits) Interface 0
Timer TB1 (16bits)

H SYNC counter Multi-master PC-bus
Timer TB2 (16bits) Interface 1
M16C/60 series 16-bit CPU core Memory
Registers Program counter

ROM
Watchdog timer PC
R0H R0L 192 K
(15bits)
R1H R1L RAM
Port P9
Vector table
R2 5K
DMAC INTB
R3 3
(2 channels)
A0 Black pointer
A1 ISP
Port P10
D-A converter Multiplier

FB USP
(8 bits X 2 channels)
SB FLG 2
— 34 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A COMPONENT SIDE [TUNING CONTROL, DEFLECTION, TUNER/IF, Y/C JUNGLE, MTS]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
BAR CODE
HDT T501 C514 C513 EY533
CL107
D504
H CENT-SW
D503
R513 EY578 EY579
S501 S502
A L-1 C546
R-1
A-1404 843-A C511
EY528
R-2 L-2
EY526
FB501
EY541
C527
EY537
FB505
C547
JW68
EY530
EY539 R580
C505 EY535
Q501
BA-5D '03
C1501
E R526
D502
E
EY527
EY525
EY529
C510 EY544
R507
JL12 B
C506
EY555
9
R503
R512 C507 T510
EY543
C509
C554
PMT
1-688-226-12 R539 C504
EY507
EY505
EY501 EY509 EY534
T502 EY580
EY524
C553
C571 R511 EY554
C501 L511 C
D506
EY545
JW510
EY590
R506
JW67
P R E S S G U I D E
R505
EY540
B
C529 EY553
EY517 EY591
EY502 EY510 EY531 EY532 B
EY536
EY538
EY523
TO BOARD EY503 EY508 EY542
L505
EY506
D518 R510 EY581
PROT
+14V
EY556
R575
GND
JW1 D507 EY546 EY552

4
1
HP
D523
R522
EY576 EY577 Q502
R520
CN501
R524
C520
R508 R552 EY582
JW511
8 CN590 R504 EY504
EY592
R576
EY511 H-OUT EY551
TO DEF.YOKE
D505
R525
4 1 C508 EY518
JW500
FB503
D501
D524
JW70 EY571
JW3
D516 EY547 EY550
FB502
L500
C530 JW71 C516 1
MENU
6
GND
KEY
3 1 R578 L502 R553 EY548

V.DY(+) H.DY(-) H.DY(+) EY549
R909
C517 V.DY(-)
R383 EY512 EY515
H.DY(-) H.DY(+)
FBT
C534
R912 JW504 EY570

EY514 D561 CN503
C
C525 EY516
C502 EY513 D534
C541
C526
T503
R538
TO BOARD C540
R545
TO B OAR D
D515
R536
R517
CN006
JW501
JW901
R519
C518 200 V 7
C539
JW94
JW2 EY519 R569 JL14
2 6 EY560 EY561
R567
N/ C
JW95
JW10
7 R581 C522
JW66
C515
JW502
TH501
JW4 GND
R551
JW96
T505 EY521 D531
1 7
C531
R591
D006
H EAT ER
C560
JL11 D522
EY520 IC561 C568 - 15V
D530
R509
C519
D590 C564 + 12V EY558 EY559

C543
R550
C565 EY522
C549
JW74 HOL D- DN 1 D519 R537 C545
R543
C533 C537 L517
JL20 JW65 R1507
JW9 C569
+14V JW93
C512
B R556
JW520
R548
C563
C532 PIN OUT EY564 EY565
R565
R557 L504
D
JW11 R555
Q512
D521
CLS001
JW503
JW64 L503 L501 R561
D520
R546
R542 R549
JW308
C212
R563
R574
E C524 JW75 D219
C562
R533
6 JW12 Q532 JL18 L561 C561
JW91
JW92
D510 E
C365
JW76 D512 EY562
C590
B EY563 D218
R554
C572 JW77 JW98 Q507
R593 JW168 R562 C550
JW160 B C213
R547
E JW260
CN502
JW63
1
JW62
T504
R1501
R564 D580 JL15 10 C544 C542
D511
JW90
JW259
C552
BOARD
D513
TO C551
JW505
DFT
D102
JW103 EY212
FB504
JW108
C6005
D004 R594 EY574 EY575

C6006
R595
J207
R596
CN505
B+
9V
VM
HP
EY211
9V
N/C
GND
R541
GND
VD+
JW304
JW407
D217
DF-H-DRV
TO
D413
8 1
TO BOARD
JW88
JW89
JW236
R592 CN580
R145
D308
C573
DF-DRIVE
BOARD R560 C210
JW111
JW80
JW301
R085
C397
D009
JW110
7 TO BOARD 1
PWR
JW580
TO B OA RD 1
JW599
HD 1
C211
8
JW300
GND
GND
14V
ABL
GND
GND
JL22
5V
9V
NC
B+
9V
NC
B+
+9V
JW86
JW450
JW97
JW84
JW85
JW592
JW581
JW105
JW104
JW100
J204
EY208
JW14
JW79
C054
D212
D402
D211
JW420
JW591
JW199
JW406
5V
JW107
GND
CN003
JW102
SIRCS
R061
JW444
JW78
EY207
JW116
R006
JW232
LED-TMR
5
LED-MPWR
JW61
JW405
R940
JW113
R353
JW404
JW101
JW198
JW83 C419 JW106 R230 D401
JW335
JW112
JW115
R500
CN410
JW322
JW58
R110
JW87
JW394
JW57
JW16
R941
L300 D213
JW53
JW52
JW248
JW342
D317
JW122
R325
C371
JW220
C416
R074
JW395
JW56
JW5
JW15 8 JW82 C426 C315
JW397
JW120
JL23
JW398
JW396
J205
R326
C424
ST-BY 5V
JW54
GND
R121
4 1
JW318 EY210
L301
JL21 EY213
L
R114 JW114
D302
SET 5V C420
TRV
R136 JW81 JL301
R103 JW234 C414
D415
C427
C314
C302 EY209
JW121
C418
D316
C311 TO
CN301
C320
4
JW59
JW60
D314
D313
JW117
F
JW18 D508 D113 C321 JW303
JW124 C373
JW22 JW49 C330 30 25 20 15 10 5 D315
JW230 BOARD C412 JW319
D307
D305
JW21 R630 1
JL16 H-TRAP
1
JW233 C307
C047
C2/MENU
R409
32 JW235
R129
Y2/KEY
VIDEO2
NS-MUTE
JW50
N/S JW125 EY214 EY206
GND
GND
GND
JW330
L2
R2
G 1 JW48 J206
C310
R054
R066 CN004 EY205

JW191
JW183
B
D005
R038
R033
JW302
JW350
JW193
JW585
JW351
GND JW173
R073 JW126
JW352
R
JW192
JL17 C422
JW356
C308
C312
G ND
R060
JW344
R122 R029
8 1
IC001 IK R356
D312
D311
D309
JW23 MPROCESSOR
D310
R338
R337
C OUT
Y OUT
2
C IN
Y IN
Y SW
50 TO BOARD 14 CN333 R210
GND
60 55 45 40 35
GND
GND
64 33
9V
5V
C046 C415
33 JW317
JW127
CN303 D209 EY204
64 J203
3 D304
35
Y/C JUNGLE
40 45 50 55
C333
60
X301 X302
1
JW380
15 C413
EY203
C341
D210
JW25 JW47
JW181
C360
JW179
JW313
JW180
IC301
JW178
JW315
JW314
C352
R375
R208
JW24
R377
JW182
JW46 JW333
J201
R-Y
B-Y
DVD Y
C357 JW128 JW324
JW391
R403
R401
JW390
JW187
JW39
JW184
JW45 L304 JW142
JW305
JW337
D002
X303
C582 TO BOARD
JW241
JW336
R001 JW44 EY202
JW210
JW334
JW177
D306
L303
JW41 JW211 EY201

GND
YIN
GND
JW43 JW129 L302 C050

5V
R002 CN406
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
JW212 JW312 JW186
L010 JL300
JW42 JW401
JW306
JW237 JW213 C049
C004
R113 C300 C029 C051

C340
D112
L004
2
C045
JW13 D111 JW332 JW214

R120
L003
C008 CN306 R206
C032
R202
JW27 JW154
D201
X001
D200
D303
JW242 L009
TO BOARD JW163 C055 CN601
C-Y
C-C
CVIN
CIN
GND
GND
YOUT
DAT
RST
JW200 EY101
SCP
14V
CLK
GND
1
JW999
R010
JW320
N/C
CN300
D010
JW311
GND
H
VCHIP
L002 D101 JW40 JW174

JW151
JW340
JW150
JW152
R6004
JW153
JW143
JW31
JW176
JW175
EY103
JW157
JW240 JW37 TU001

L001
D100
R140
JW338
C016
JW156
JW131
JL10
JW130
JW134
JW135
D110
JW155
JW138
JW140
TUNER
R026
JW159
JW137
JW239
JW158
JW590
R059
JW185
JW161
JW146
JW171
PRESS
JW32
JW34
JW593 EY110
IC6008 JW149 EY102
JL13 GUIDE
31 JW164 21 15 11 6 1 EY104
JW392
C6001 JW222
CN906
JW310
CN001 JW197 TO BOARD
1
RELAY
I O
+7.5V
JW162
MUTE
ZERO
4 JW148 2
DGC
GND
1
JW166
JW196 JW172
JW194
JW195
JW331
3 1 2 JW262
JW35
5V
14V
14 1
GND
CLS002 14 15
INT
CLK
DAT
GND
CN007
JW136
JW167
JW36
1 CN600
JW139
JW141
6 JW147
JW339
JW238
JW165
CN3300
C6002
1 15
CN504
I TO BO AR D D320 CN3301
TO BOARD
A B C D E F G I J L M
ANT-SW1
P-Y
GND
14V
AFT
DET
HP
5V
GND
PYS
GND
CLK
DVD-RY
VP
DVD-Y
30V
DATA
GND
GND
CLK
DAT
INT
GND
GND
DVD-BY
VIDEO
P-B-Y
P-R-Y
SYNC2
MUTE2
VCHIP
B-INT
AUDIO
GND
TO BOARD
— 35 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A CONDUCTOR SIDE [TUNING CONTROL, DEFLECTION, TUNER/IF, Y/C JUNGLE, MTS]
A BOARD LOCATOR LIST

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
DIODE DIODE TRANSISTOR
ANT-SW
D002 C-2 D501 G-2 Q001 B-8
B-INT
DVD-BY
DVD-RY
MUTE2
AUDIO
VCHIP
B-INT
SYNC2
DVD-Y
P-B-Y
P-R-Y
VIDEO
DATA
CLK
DAT
GND
GND
AFT
GND
CLK
30V
DET
D320
14V
GND
GND
GND
GND
P-Y
PYS
R118
GND
5V
CN3300
C102
D004 E-1 D502 H-8 Q002 B-9
C043
HP
VP
Q110
CN504
C6002
A
1 15 1 15
R057
4
R058
CLS002 6
1
CN001
CN3301
CN007
CN600
D005 D-2 D503 H-7 Q003 D-3
14V
GND
R132 2 TP2 4 14
DGC
MUTE
ZERO
RELAY
GND
7.5V
5V
14 TUNER
R117
C6001 CN906
D006 F-1 D504 I-7 Q004 D-3
CLK
DAT
INT
GND
I O JR306 2 P RE SS
R028
1
TU001 G UI DE
IC6008 3 Q005
D007 B-4 D505 G-5 Q005 A-9
C058
R088
R107
R108
Q300 R087
R089
JR13
R099
31 21
R059
JR14
R067
D008 B-3 D506 G-5 Q010 E-8
TP26
R071
L001
C200
C201
R102
R030
D110
R112 11
R086
C052
R140
C062 D100
D009 E-8 D507 H-2 Q110 A-5
R026
R101 C301 R301 2 1
R012 D101 15 6 4 3
C016 R050 C057
C021
C306
R6004 R034 5
R051
R049
R007 Q002
D010
R035 R947
D010 B-3 D508 D-2 Q300 B-8
R010
8 R302
D008
C008 R309 CN300
B
JR33 R313
D007
C030
1
R098
CN601
L002
C053
C014
R016
R017
D303
D201
D200
R004
L003
IC003
D100 B-4 D515 G-4 Q304 D-5
R202
R005
R206
C051
R011
C300
L009
R053
R303
C120
C346
L010
R120
C347
JR304
D111 1 TP 07 C031 L004
C055
C045
R125
D112
C050
C004
R018
R013
C061
R015 C032
D101 B-4 D516 G-3 Q305 C-4
J201
C369 Q001 R209
JR101
4 T P41 C351
JR307
R009
X001
C020
C019
R003
L302
C049
R052 C203
R002 R113
C056
C340 R370
JR205
C029
R392
C202
R379
R378
R376
C356
C355
R6003
D102 E-1 D518 H-2 Q307 D-5
C367
R340
C325
R380
JR312
C344
L303
X303
R369 CN406
R001 CN306
D306
C335
JR380
T P08
C368
L304
C326
C122
C345
R319
C339 C334
R341
C336 Q303
D110 B-5 D520 F-2 Q308 D-5
D002
R373
R023
R582
R453
C453
R021 R377
Q6000 C582
C003
C005
R020
C023
R019
R330
C001
C002
C006
C007
C009
C015
C121
C060
C017
R339 C357
R022
C024 C026
R024
C025
X302
DVD Y
R403
R401
C452
C354
C341
C409
D301
JR305
C411
C407
C405
C403
C401
D111 B-2 D521 F-2 Q309 D-5
R393
R391
R208
1 15
IC001
R375
JR302
R220
C352
R394
R207
C044
C033
C018
C039
C038
C037
C036
C111
C035
C034
C028
R138
R137
J203
C133
R6001
C027
R324
R336
R323 C413
GND
R111
R-Y
GND
B-Y
R374
D210
C048 R372 R371
X301
SW
9V
CN333
D112 B-2 D522 F-3 Q314 E-9
5V
C360
C
R135 R321 R218
R219
R6002 C343
JR308
IC002
R077 C333 R368 C207

R025 R382
C-IN
C415
Q305 R452 JR4 C366
JR206
64 JR442
D209
C6003 D304 IC400
D113 D-3 D523 H-2 Q315 E-10
R942
R387 33
D311
JR583 20
C065
R933
R078 R122 R337
R131
R032
R029
GND
R139
R343
C-OUT
R385
R031
YOUT
R027
Y-IN
2 1
GND
R390
GND
14 JR332
C206
R384
JR303
D200 B-11 D524 G-2 Q316 E-9
C327
C046 C364 C393
R329
R075
C304
C350
C348
C338
R356
C349
C337
R134 R210
C353
D310
R104
D309
R056
R344
R585
R586
R048
JR309 R338 D312 R217

C329 R381 JR334
Y2/KEY
GND
VIDEO2
GND
C2/MENU
GND
R2
L2
R064
J206
C312
JR333
C101 R342
R203
JR415
R932
C308
C359
D201 B-11 D530 F-8 Q317 G-2
R409
R038
R033
C358
C361
Q580
R953
C313
C309
R361
R305
R304
R306
C303
C319
R360
R307
C305
C322
8 1
1
D005
R354
Q306 R351 JR330

R073
R065
R060
JR331
C310
R066 R934
R129
C362 21
R070 Q320 CN004 JR428
R346
JR337
R327
D209 C-11 D531 F-10 Q319 G-2
R331
C422 JR421
Q309
IC301 R225
C047 JR325
R080
R630 R054 R350
R913
T P02 Q003 Q531 C363 Q307 1
R914
C307
JR416
R347 R352 40
R063 JR422
JR419
D210 C-11 D534 G-9 Q325 D-9
JR335
C406
C404
R386 32 C402 D315
JR440
C410
1
R400
D305
R130 R315
D307
JR9
CN301
R222
D313
C400
D314
1 C311 C417
JR418
C066 Q308 C321 R362
C420
JR417
D508 TP 03
D316
1
R597
JR15
D
R598
R334
J205
D211 D-11 D535 G-3 Q326 E-10
C041
LED -T MR R345 C302 8
R916
R317
R333
R332
R201
JR324
C427
R348
C328
R316
R599 C408 JR336
R917
LED -M PWR TP 04 R300 C412 C208
JR18
R103
R389
C320
R915 JR301
C416
R136 R349 C330 R328 C373
JR10
GND TP0 1 R114 C535 R404
C418
D212 D-11 D536 G-3 Q400 E-11
L301
C314
R320 C209
TRV
C374 9
R326
5V CN410 C315
JR420
R335
L300
R133
IC303
C371
SIR CS
JR326
D415
C414
D213
D113
JR311 C424 D317

Q004
R121
Q006
R074
JR322
Q530
R061
JR323
C426
PWR
D213 D-11 D561 G-7 Q401 E-11
JR321
R903
R353
R901
4 1
8
6 R325
R941
R500
D302
C421
R322
R399
CN303
C423
R402
R398 R230
R110
JR315 JR313
Q304
GND
R
L
Q325
IC405
R076
J204
D217 E-11 D580 E-3 Q402 E-12
Q407
R006
D212
D402
D211
D401
Q315
16
R396
Q010 R229
R412
R940 R905
R410
JR16
D412
R900
D308
CN003 R357
R068
R904
R395
1
R223
R224
R228
D218 F-12 D590 F-2 Q403 E-11
R397
C419
D009
C211
R906
C372
C054
R414
R950
1 R388 R308 JR202
6 R902
B A - 5 D ' 0 3
D219 F-12 IC Q407 E-5
E
Q400
R145 JR590 R592 D302 D-3 IC001 C-3 Q500 F-6

R411
Q314
Q401
J207
R233
R355
JR580
R085
R951
D413
1 R560 Q316 Q326 JR410 C397

C6006
C6005
7 CN505
D303 B-11 IC002 C-2 Q501 H-2
R596
R037 R231 C210

C573 R232
JR500
R594 8 1 D217
R595
D004 R564 JR501 10 FB504 R406

R408
R413
D102
R234
D580 CN502
CN580 R541 R407
D304 C-5 IC003 B-4 Q502 H-9
C552
R055
1 C542 R235
R416
R554
R1501
C551
C544
E
TP 31
D513
Q402
C550
D305 D-8 IC301 C-6 Q511 G-3
D511
R533 R583 D218
R547
C572
R593
Q403
Q532
C590
R405
B
C365
C562
R532 R562 E B JR403
C561
JR12
D306 C-10 IC303 D-10 Q512 F-3
E
D520 TP3 0 L561

Q512 R555 C212 D219
R572
Q503 D510
R571
D512 R542
Q507
R574
R546
R561 C213
D307 D-8 IC400 C-10 Q530 D-3

D521
R565
C524
R039 C532 R573 R584

C563
R557 R549
C512
R514
R529
Q561 C569 R556 L517

C548 Q562 R570 L504 R548
R1507 C545
D308 E-11 IC405 D-10 Q531 D-3
L501
R530 Q500
L503
R535
B
Q590 R531 C549 R550
R543
C521
TP19
C564 1 R537
JR2
D522
CLS001 R581 TP 30
D309 C-11 IC501 G-2 Q532 F-3
R359
R527
R563
R577 C565
C537
R515
R540
C519
1 R534
C543
7 D519
R590 R566
R521
Q504
D530
C523 C533
D310 C-11 IC561 G-6 Q561 F-5
R551
1
R567
D006
C539
D590 T P16
C531
R509
TH501
D531
R591 T505 R568 TP1 7
R559
C568
C515
R528
R544 R558
R516 TP 18 D311 C-11 IC6008 A-3 Q562 F-5
D536
IC501 R523
6 R569 T504
C522
C560
2
CN006 8
7
D312 C-8 Q580 C-5
D535
D515
R545
R536
R519
5
C528
R518 CN503 R553

IC561
R383 C502
C518
D313 D-8 Q581 H-2
C534
G
R910
3 1 R912 R578
R517
C525
D561 HEATER
R538
C541
Q511 D534
T P2 1 TP 27 TP2 8 T P29 GND D314 D-8 Q590 F-2
GND
KEY
MENU
R909 Q319 D516
L500
C517
FB502 C526
C530 -15V
C540
CN590
L502
D315 D-11 Q6000 C-1
R588
D506
D524
R508
14V
D501
R504
R911
4 FB503
TP 23
D505
C508 R525
D316 D-11
Q317
CN501 GND
HOUT
C520
R524
1 200V
R908
Q502
D317 D-10
PROT
GND
HP
T510
C516
R520
D507
+15V
R576
R510
R522
R575
D320 A-7
R552
R907
D518 L511
D523
B
JR588
R587
Q581
R506
B+(135V)
N/C
C529
D401 D-11
H
R505
DF
C553
C571 TP 22
C501
R501
R539
R511 L505
C
ABL D402 D-11
D503
D502
P R E S S G U I D E
TP 25 T P2 0
D412 E-5
C511
C506 C
R503
C554
R512
C507
B
C504
T503 GND D413 E-4

C510
T502
C513
C1501
C503
R507
E R526 E
FBT D415 D-4
C509
R502
C514
1-688-226-12 Q50 1 T501

D504
C505 R580
C527
FB501
FB505
S502
S501
C547
I R513
C546
— 36 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
HR BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
HR COMPONENT SIDE [MAIN POWER BUTTON [S] RCS-LEDS]
1 2
IC3001 >PF-LP<
SBX3071-71
DETECTOR
A
OUT
A
VCC
GND
S3006
R3014
251-A
— TO A BOARD
CN003
1-684-544-12
172112212
A-1400-
CN3001 C3002
6P L TYPE
D3001
:S-MICRO
B D3002
LNJ801LPDJA
C3001
CN3001
B
R3001
D3002 D3003
TIMER LED R3001

1 TIMER LED
1k
2 MPWR LED
R3002
6 1
G
3 GND
4 STBY 5V
O
TMR
PWR ON
SIRCS
MPWR
STBY
GND
C3001
100 5 SIRCS IC3001
6 POWER ON
C
R3014
100
S3006
D
HR CONDUCTOR SIDE [MAIN POWER BUTTON [S] RCS-LEDS]
1 2
9-965-941-01<BA5D>HR
S3006
R3014
1-684-544-12
172112212
C3002
D3001
C3001
R3001
D3003 D3002
R3002
IC3001
G
GND
STBY 5V
PWR ON
TIMER
MPWR
CN3001
SIRCS
O
— 37 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
HU BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
U S1008 D M S1007 S
TOP TOP
A
FRONT PANEL
— R1003
1k
R1002
1.8k
R1001
4.7k
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
R2010 R2009 R2008

R2011
TO A BOARD 1k 1.8k 4.7k
820
B CN006
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
CN1001
3P
S2001 S2002 S2003 S2004 S2005
MENU 1
— KEY 2 VOL- VOL+ CH- CH+ TV/V
GND 3
C TO A BOARD
TO CN004
CN1003
8P
C2240
— AUDIO L2
AUDIO R2
1
2
0.47
50V
V
GND 3
R2240
D301
75
C2 4 RD9.1EW-T1
C2234 1/4W
0.47
GND 5 L
D V2 6
D2235 R2235
R2236
GND 220 J2231
7 RD9.1EW-T1 1/4W 100k 3P
1/4W
Y2 8 R
R2237
D2236 C2235 R2238
— RD9.1EW-T1 0.47
220
1/4W
100k
1/4W
9-965-941-01<BA5D>HU
— 38 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
HU/HD COMPONENT SIDE [FRONT PANEL] (HD FOR KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
BA5D03
A 1-688-904-11
172261411
CLS1002 CLS1001 CLS1000
JW1002
JW1003
A-1404 896-A
JW1000
JW1001
LOC. HOLE 2 >PF-LP<

OFFSET 50
C >PF-LP<
A-1404- 856-A
BA5D03
1-688-227-11
TO BOARD
172261411
D301
L2
R2
GND
GND
GND
AUD
AUD
C2
V2
Y2
CN1001
1 3 1 8 D302
CLS1003
C2234
C2240
R2240
C2235
KEY
GND
MENU
CN1003 R2237
D2236 R2235
D
C2241
R2241
R2239
TO BOARD D2235
R1003 R1002 R1001
R2236 R2238
C2004
R2008 R2011 UP/DOWN MENU/SEL

R2010 R2009
J2232
J2231
S1008
S1007
S2004
S2005 S2001 S2002 S2003
CH+
TV/V VOL- VOL+ CH-
— 39 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
HU/HD CONDUCTOR SIDE [FRONT PANEL] (HD FOR KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A 1-688-904-11
172261411
CLS1000 CLS1001 CLS1002
B
BA5D03
C
1-688-227-11
172261411
D301
R2
L2
GND
GND
GND
AUD
AUD
V2
C2
Y2
D302 CN1001
8 1 3 1
CLS1003
C2235
R2240
C2240
C2234
R2239
R2241
C2241
BA5D03
D2236
GND
KEY
MENU
R2237 CN1003
D
R2235
D2235
R1001 R1002 R1003
R2238 R2236
C2004
S1007 S1008
R2009 R2010 R2011 R2008
J2231 S2004
R L V J2232
E
S2003 S2002 S2001 S2005
— 40 —
P BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 |
P BOARD WAVEFORM
TO A BOARD
1
A CN3300
R3390 R104 R103
L151
CN3302 3.3 33k 22k
15P 3W 1/10W 1/10W
R100
C106
100
14 V 1 0.0047 L150 1/10W
L3390 50V
SYNC-SUB 2 C100
B
9V 100
— GND
MUTE
3
4
IC3390
NJM78M09FA
9V
R113
100k
R101
100
C102
47
25V
50V
1.0 Vp-p (H)
C3343 1/10W
1/10W
SUB_AUDIOL 5 D104 47
C110 Q151 Q152 C103
VCHIP 6 I O 0.047
16V
2SB709A-QR
S-TX
MA111-TX 25V
2SD601A-QR
S-TX
R105
100
C107
CN6600
C104
47
10
50V
2
G 1 50V
B 1/10W 0P
AFT 7 50V
C111 R117
1
B B-INT
GND
8
9
C3391
100
C3390
100
R112
2.2k
1/10W
C109
220p
50V
R114
1M
1/10W
50V
4.7k
1/10W
R108
2.2k
1/10W
25V
25V CH
NC
9V
AS
OUT
DET
OUT
VOL
GND
OUT
AFT
VIF
SDA
SCL
DAT 10
MUTE
CONT
DE-EM
AF IN
VCC5V
VCC9V
AF OUT
RF AGC
VCC30V
R116 R106
CLK 11 10k 470
R115
5V 12
10k
1/10W
1/10W
D103
1/10W
3.5 Vp-p (H)
R107
MA111-TX
560
30V 13 TU150
— SUB-DET-OUT 14
SCL
1/10W
BTF-FA421
3
GND 15
SDA
SUB-TUNER
CN150
4P
GND 1
L3300
C B-INT 2
P BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST
DAT 3
Q3300
3.75 Vp-p (H)
CLK 4 R3300 2SD601A
R3301
1k
1/10W
C3300
1 10V F
47k
1/10W
BUFFER
IC3301 11 GND 23 GND 35 0.8
R3305
PIN VOLT 12 GND 24 0.9 36 0.8
— R3302
47k
1/10W
47k
1/10W R3314
0
1 0.2 13 3.3 25 3.3 37 2.3
R3304
TO A BOARD R3303
1k
1k
1/10W
Q3301
2 GND 14 3.2 26 3.5 38 0.8
1/10W
2SD601A-QR
CN3301
D CN3303 C3301
BUFFER
3 4.5 15 N/C 27 2.0 39 0.8
R3312
1 10V F
15P 0
DVD Y 1
R3306
4 4.5 16 3.3 28 1.7 40 GND
22k R3309
470 R3310
GND 2
1/10W
R3307
1/10W 47k
1/10W
5 3.3 17 1.0 29 GND 41 0.8
DVD B-Y 3 1k 1/10W
— GND 4
C3302
Q3302
2SD601A-QR R3313
6 GND 18 1.0 30 GND 42 0.6
BUFFER 0
DVD R-Y 5 1 10V F
VIDEO-FOR-PIP 6
R3308
R3311
680
7 N/C 19 0.5 31 GND IC3390
MAIN HP 7 Q3304
22k
1/10W IC3301
MAIN VP 8 9V
KSC2383-0
3.3V REG
1/10W
M65665ASP
PIP PROCESSOR
8 GND 20 0.5 32 0.6 PIN VOLT
E GND
P BY
9
10
R3335
33
C3303
47
16V
9 N/C 21 1.6 33 0.0 I 14.0
P RY 11 R3320
4.7k R3336 C3308
47
C3320
0.01
25V
C3334
0.01
25V
10 GND 22 1.0 34 3.3 O 9.0
P-Y 12 1/10W 100
16V B B
13
L3303 L3302
C3335
G GND
22
21
P YS CIN VRT 0.1
1 16V
ANTSW-1 14 F
— AVSS YIN L3301
23
20
GND 15
R3323
C3305
0.1
D3304
C3336
C3304 MTZJ-T-77-
560 16V CBVSIN 0.01
VRB
24
19
470p 1/4W F 3.9B
R3368 25V
50V R3324 C3316 C3319
10k 1/10W B
CH 1k 47 47
C3321 AVDD UIN
25
18
1/10W 16V C3318 16V
0.47 C3337
0.01
10V 0.1 16V F
C3317 25V
F VIN
FILTER
26
17
B R3354
0.01 C3338
F R3318
10k
3.3V
25V
B
C3322
0.033 25V F
3.3M
1/10W
BIAS
0.1 16V F
C3340
27
16
1/10W AVDD
TO-ANTSWITCH Q3305
R3319
10k
1/10W
2SD601A-QR
DRIVE 18p
C3324
50V CH
C3323
0.22 16V B
X'TAL1 R3363
D3301
MA111-TX
47
16V P BOARD TRANSISTOR LIST
28
15
CSYNCS
ANTSW-1 R3369
1 33k
C3341
X3301 0 1/10W
0.01
GND 2 X'TAL2 RESET
29
14
R3359 25V
NC 3 0 B
B C E
— R3328
R3331
X'TAL3 SWMG
30
13
R3327 1k C3339
9V+ 4 1k R3330 R3360
0 1/10W 1/10W 0 22
1k
1/10W AVSS TESTEN 50V Q151 8.4 4.5 9.0
31
12
CN160 2
4P
HD TEST5
Q152 3.9 9.0 3.2
32
11
3
R3329
VD FSC
0
Q3300 2.3 5.0 1.7
33
10
R3321 Q3308
G 0 2SB709A-QR
U BUFF R3361
R3362
3.3k
C3327
470p VDDDA BGPM
34
0
9
Q3307
2SB709A-QR
V BUFF
1/10W 50V
CH
OSD_BIN SCK
Q3301 1.4 5.0 0.8
35
Q3309
8
2SB709A-QR R3372 C3328
Y BUFF 0 0.01 25V B
BGPS
Q3302 1.4 5.0 0.8
36
V(B)OUT
7
R3374 C3330
3.3V
—
0 0.01 25V B
VZ DVSS1 Q3304 3.9 9.0 3.3
37
6
OSD_GIN
Y DVDD1
Q3305 0.7 0.1 GND
38
5
C3329 C3331 R3364
R3346 R3348 R3343 470p 0.01 25V B 100 1/4W
1k 10k 50V U(G)OUT SCLK
39
1k
Q3307 0.8 GND 1.5
4
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W CH
R3347
10k AGNDDA SDATA
40
3
H 1/10W C3332
0.01
41
OSD_RIN OSDSEL
R3365
100
1/4W
Q3308 0.7 GND 1.4
Q3310
2
25V
2SD601A-QR
Q3312
2SD601A-QR
C3312
470p S-TX B
Y(R)OUT SWM
Q3309 0.6 GND 1.3
42
1
50V
S-TX
CH
Q3310 0.5 0.6 GND

— R3351
220
1/10W
Q3312 0.2 2.7 GND
C3313
100p
R3350 All voltages are in V.
0
50V
CH
—
PIP
9-965-941-01<BA5D>P
J
— 41 —
P
P
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
R107
C3344
R106
L3305
R105
C112
R117
A
R108
GND C3303
R116
DET
E
D103 D104
C109 R3335
C108
>PF-LP<
30V Q152
R112
CN160
D3303
1
1
5V
Q3304
1
R114 D3304
Q3303 C110
B
CLK
EY3303
R3334
Q151
DATA R3329 C3307
JW005
R113
172261611
EY3304
GND R3352
D3302 R115
P-SW
1-688-229-11
C111 C3308
AFT CLK
4
DATA Q3309 R3351
VCHIP
JW004
CN151
B-INT R3350 R3390
AUDIO GND R3349
C3390
MUTE2 R3328
CONDUCTOR SIDE
COMPONENT SIDE
Q3307 R3333
GND Q3306
C3313
X3301
SYNC2 R3325
14V
RVT001
C3310 L3390
2
2
CN6600
Q3308 Q3305 R3332 R3327 C3316
[PIP]
[PIP]
R3320 R3330
X3302
O
R3331
R3326
C3391
Q3313
R3361 Q3311
CN3302
I
JW010
R3362 R3340
X3303
R3357 R3356
C3343
R3364
22
JW012
L151
JR001
C3314 C3319
IC3390
L3301
C3315 R3365
R3355 L3304
20
1
R3353 R3323
CN3303
R3341
21
C3333 9V
1
22
42
CLK
C3332 30V
C107
IC3301
R3367
C100
R3375 5V DATA
R3366 JW003
R3374 R100 SCL B-INT
3
3
CN150
C3331
15
C104
SDA
6
C3330
TU
R3373 C3328 GND
C3340
15
C3339
R3319
C102
R3372
0
C3321
C3304 C3327 AS
R101
C3341
R3368
C3329
R3318
C103
IRBG
C3322
— 42 —
JW001
11
R3354
R3377
JR002 C3323
L150
L150 GND
C3339
GND
R3358
CN150
11
R3360
TU
RFAGC
JW011
R3359
C103
R3378
GND
15
GND
0
D3301 NC
C102
PYS B-INT
JR003
A-1404-
R3363
Q3314
9V
6
P-Y
JW150
C3338 DAT
C104
AFT
15
R3376
IC3301
P-R-Y C3337 CLK

GND
JW008
C100
P-B-Y R3321 C3320

847-A
C3335
C3340
4
4
42
C107
GND
21
R103
22
EY3306
R3324 C105
VP C3305 R104
L151
1
C3342 C3336 C106 R3365
20
HP R3323
C3334 JW002 EY3308
L3301
VIDEO C3319 AUDIO R3364
L3304
DVD-RY MUTE
22
CN6600
C3343
I
IRBG
GND X3303 C3318 L3302 DET-OUT
C3317
R3370
IC3390
DVD-BY C3326
O
L3303
GND
C3391
C3316 JW009
X3302
DVD-Y
R3343 EY3307
C3325
L3390
R3346
R3371 JW007
X3301 R3348 Q3302
CN3302
R3369 C3312 L3300

EY3301
R3310
5
5
CN3303
EY3305
C3324 R3307 R3305
R3380 R3317
EY3302
C3308
C3390
JW161
CN151
R3390
4
R3344 R3303
C111
RVT002
R3345
C3307 R3347 Q3301 D3302
C3311 JW160
CN160
C3302
Q3312
R3312
Q3310
R3313
1
D3304 R3300
R3311 JW152
R3336
B
R3308
Q3300
R3301 R3306
D3303
BA5D03
C3303 R3314 C3301

172261611
E
R3309
1-688-229-11
R3316
6
6
R3302
C3300
R3335 R3304
Q3304
R3315 JW006
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
BD BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
R058
SDA
100k
1/10W
SCL
IC302 R057
100k
TC90A69N 3L-COMB
A 1/10W
L310 C374 C376

100 0.1 C377
16V 16V 680p Q301
C375 R946 2SD601A-QR
R321 C373 B 50V C379
R320 0.01 330 C378
100 0.001 B BUFF
0.01 0.01
— 100
1/4W
15 16
1/4W
17 18
50V
B
19
25V
B
20 21 22
1/10W
23 24
25V
B
25 26 27
25V
B
28
R310
JW
C318
100
9V
16V
(5.0MM)
FSC
VSS1
VB1
VDDY
FIL
PD
TEST-OUT
VB2
Y-OUT
VSSY
C-OUT
SCL
MODE-1
SDAT
R315 R314
100 2.2k R327
R311
1/10W 1/10W 1k
1k
1/10W
1/10W R318 0
TEST-I1
R316
TEST-I1
TEST-I3
B KILLER
5.6k
YC-IN
VDD2
VSS3
Q350
TEST
VSS2
VDD1
BIAS
VDD3
1/10W R319
VRT
VRB
2SD601A-QRS-TX
100
BUFF
1/10W
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 R350
C394 C381 100
0.47 C385 C384 R317
0.01 C380 Q302 R367
0.01 0.01 560
C389 C387 10V 25V 0.01 100
0.01 B
25V 25V 1/10W 2SB709A-QR R326 R365 1/4W
0.01 B B 25V 1 2 3
25V B BUFF 5.6k 560
25V
— B C390
100
16V
C388
-2
100
16V
B
L306
FB302
0UH
C382
0.01
25V
B
1 2 3
C317
15p
R351
1/10W
FL302
1/10W
50V C332
B
MONOUT
C383 CH 1k Q313
FL301 15p
L305 100 6 4
16V
50V 2SB709A-QR
CH
R356 BUFF
6 4
100
L307 1/4W
— C396
15p
1 2 3
FB301
0UH
FL303
R323
R322 560 6 4
2.2k 1/10W
D 1/10W R324
5.6k
1/10W
Q321
R325 2SB709A-QR
100
1/10W
BUFF
— C6005
2200
BD-BOARD
16V
3L-COMB
E SET 5V
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
9
9-965-941-01<BA5D>BD
—
COMB-C
CN306 TO
CVIN
SDAT
COMBY
SCLK
FSC
N/C
N/C
GND
N/C
GND
GND
9V
GND
5V
15P
A BOARD
CN306
— 43 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
BD BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST

IC302
BD COMPONENT SIDE
1
[3L-COMB]
2
PIN VOLT
FL302 FL303
1 1.3
172261513
1-688-903-13
2 3.1 R320
R367
C374
3 4.9 A JW305
IC302 25 20
R321
28
15
4 2.4 COMB
FILTER
5 GND 14
C6005
6 1.7
L310
1 C383 10
JW303 5
7 2.6 FL301
L305
C390
L307
C316 C388
8 GND B C318
9 GND
A-1404-880-A
L306
R313
R310
FB301
10 GND
JW301
C6006 JW302
CN306
11 4.9 2
14
1
12 GND 15
13 4.9
14 GND C
15 4.8
16 4.7
17 N/C
18
19
N/C
2.4
BD CONDUCTOR SIDE [3L-COMB]
20 4.9
1 2
21 GND FL303 C332
C377
FL302
Q313
R365
C374
22 2.8
R367
R325
C392
R324
R320
JR302
A
C373
23 2.8 R321
R327
C396
R323
24 3.3 IC302
Q321
R326
C387
C375
C389
C378
C379
15
25 4.1 R946
C385
C384
C382
C381
C380
Q302
R322
C376
R318
14 1
26 GND FB302
L310
C6005
1-688-903-13
27 3.6 R311 FL301
C394
172261513
C383
C390
28 1.6 C388
R319
C317 C6006
R317
B
L307
L305
R310
L306
R315
R316
R313
Q350 R350
FB301
R058
Q301
C316
R312
JR301
C318 D309
R057
BD BOARD TRANSISTOR LIST R356

CN306
R351
D305
B C E
Q301 3.1 9.0 2.4 C
Q302 2.7 GND 3.2
Q313 4.1 GND 4.7
Q321 3.6 GND 4.3
— 44 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
C BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | C BOARD WAVEFORMS
1 3 5
A TO A BOARD
(T505)
R717
*
(1P) KG KB G2
G2 R718 R716
2.2 100k 4.10 p-p (H) 3.50V p-p (H) 145.3 V p-p (H)
CRT
1/2W
— CN704 0P 1
H 2 4 6
J701
B G4
3 5
G2
CV KR G1 G4 HV
6 G1-1
C707 CV
0.0047 1 7 H1
2kV
E RV701
8 H2 CRT EARTH 3.50V p-p (H) 164.1V p-p (H) 134.4V p-p (H)
110M
1 E
— G1-3
13
KR
12
11
10
9
KB
G1-2
CN702
0P
KG
1 E
R715 CN703
560k
1/2W
*
C D704
PG104R
CN707
*
IC702 R714
TDA6108JF/N1B 100
R 4 1/2W
CRT DRIVE
B 3
— HOLD-DOWN 2 4 6 5
C711
0.001
50V
GND B
R OUT
B OUT
1
G OUT
B IN
G IN
R IN
GND
VDD
IK
R712 R713 R711
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1k 1k
D R710
1/2W 1/2W
1k
1/2W
C BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST
250V
100
TO CN303 1/4W
0.1
A BOARD L701 C705
10 IC701 IC702 IC703
CN705 250V
8P C706
R709
PIN VOLT PIN VOLT PIN VOLT
— IK 1
1 3
R708
100
100
1/4W
1 0.3 1 2.2 I 12.0

GND 2
1/4W
R 3
B 4
R722 100 1/4W 2 0.3 2 2.2 0 9.0
D702 D703 D701
R723 100 1/4W
G 5
1SS83TD 1SS83TD 1SS83TD
3 -13.0 3 2.2 G GND
E N/S 6
R724 100 1/4W
C709
4 0.5 4 GND All voltages are in V.
2 10
N/S MUTE 7 R700 50V
H-TRAP 8
C710
22k
1/4W 5 12.0 5 5.0
10
TO A BOARD 6 200.0
— CN503
50V
CN706
7P
7 139.7
200V 7 8 142.0
C704
N.C.
F
6
10
250V
9 138.6
GND 5 IC703
NJM78M09FA
HEATER 4
9V REG
-15V 3
+12V 2 I O
R701 G C713
— HOLD-DOWN 1
R720
10k
1/10W 10
50V
R725
2.2k
1/10W
2.2k
1/10W Q701
Q703
2SD601A C708 R702 2SD601A
N/S MUTE R703 120
IC701 H-TRAP
C714
100
1/10W LA6500-FA 47
25V
G Q700
N/S AMP R727
2.2k
1/10W
RV702
47k
2SD601A
R721 1 2 3 4 5
N/S MUTE
TO N/S COIL 2.2k -15V
R726
1/10W
4.7k
1/10W
N/S COIL- 1 C703
— N.C. 2
R719
220
2W
R704
2.7k
47
25V
C BOARD TRANSISTOR LIST
N/S COIL+ 3
R705
CN701 R706
1
10k
1/4W
C702
B C E
3P 1/4W 0.1
H 50V Q700 0.3 0.8 GND

R707
Q701 0.3 0.3 GND
1.5
1/4W CRT DRIVE Q703 6.0 6.5 5.5
— C701
47
RGB DRIVE
25V
I
9-965-941-01<BA5D>C
— 45 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
C COMPONENT SIDE
1 2
[RGB DRIVE, CRT DRIVE]
3 4 5
C CONDUCTOR SIDE
1 2
[RGB DRIVE, CRT DRIVE]
3 4 5
CN701
HTRAP
8 NTRAP
R720
NSM
Q700
H-DWN
Q701
HS702
N/S
CLP701
GND
8
1
RGB AMP G
B
CN707
R724 B NSM
R708
A A
1
R R708
1 N/S+ N/S
GND
R721
R723 R724
R709 N/C
JW703
TP002 IK G R709
1 4
4 1
2 N/S-
H-DWN
RV701
BOUT
CN701
GND
R
B R723
R710
R710 CN707
CLP701
TP001 R722 R R722
R700
IC702
R712
D701
D702
C706
ROUT
3
E
C709
R700
R728
R703
R728
D703
C706
1 C709 IK
IC702
1
RV701
D701
D702
D703
R711
R719
R706 CN705
R711
R713
8
CN705
R712
R706
R719
R713
9 R705 C705
C705 R705
C710
R704
HS702
R704
KG KB 11
C710
10 12
L701
B B
KR 11 10
JW706
C700
L701
12
C700 9 13
R727
G1 9
RV702
G1
2
RV702 C704 C724
Q703
D704
13
R715
4
C704
R726 KB KG KR G1
D704
R715
IC701
C724 H2 4 2 8
G1
IC701
C714
8
C714
1
R714 H2
J701
5
R714
5 C708 1 HD
H1
J701
C708
+12
JW705
R702
H1
C713
CN706
-15
HD
R701
C712
C713
CN706
H
R725
7
+12 E
IC703
NC 7
O
-15
R717
G1
C C
C711
IC703
G1 200V
C711
R718
I
1
R717
6
R718
6
5
SPARK
CN703
G2
I
G2
C702
GROUND
GAP
C716
5 GROUND 1
R707
C703
JW750
C716
JW701
CN703 H
JW702
"RGB & TILT AMP."
C703
R707
4
C707 E JR751
C702
SPARK GROUND
4
C707
R716
R716
GAP
JR750
CN704
C701
GROUND
G2
C701
CN702 R750 NC
7
200V R750 CN702
7
172261513 G2 172261513
1-688-231-13 C715 A-1404-851-A CN704
C715 1-688-231-13
D D
— 46 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
V BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
C914
9V D806
R923 1SS133T-77
47 0.047
1/4W 50V L802
R876
A 9V 1k
10mH
1SS133T-77
1/10W
D805
1 3
C913 Q808
0.001 Q907 4 C811
R935 C912 KTB764
50V 2SC1623 0.082
100 100 QP OUT L801
B AMP 400V
R932 16V 10mH
1.5k 0.5% D807
Q906 ERA82-004T
— CHIP 2SC2412K-T-146-Q
VM OUT
P5
D905 1
R921 Q.P.-
C931 D1NS4 R826
R917 R919 10k
4.7k
470 2.2k 2 Q.P.-
D906 47 1/4W
6.3V 1/4W
MA111 Q.P.+
3
R916 R818
D907 C930
JL R918 4 Q.P.+
B (5MM)
MA111 47 470
6.3V
R922
100 1/10W
5 E
D908 22
D804 6 E
C805
CN901 Q904 MA111 1/4W
PG104R
7 VM
10P 2SD601A R933 0 CHIP Q908 R819 S
+B AMP Q905 Q807
47k VM
2SD709A 2SB709A IRF614 8
+B 1/10W
1 D903 AMP VM OUT QP OUT
CN902
— NC
E
2
3
1SS133T-77 R915
4.7k
R913
Q903
2SD601A
C911
100
16V JW910
R860
8P
100 AMP 9V 10k

L901
E 4 9V R936 R914 C804
1/10W
9V 0.22
9V JW 820 R912 R911 R815 C803
5 50V
5.0MM 150 220 R910 68 0.22
9V 470 1W 50V
6 C910
3W R842 C821
C VM
HP
7
8
C909
0.1
200V
C908
470
16V
C907
33
Q902
KTA1659A
VM DRIVER 1
0.1
200V Q901
KTC4370A R902
R820
C862
10
R814
*
R857
*
2.2k
1/10W
0.01
25V
B
* 50V
160V VM DRIVER 2
VD+
2.2 IC801 R855
9 R811 10k
10
Q805
H-DRV R931 R905
10
R907 2.2k 2.2k C903
R821
1/4W KTB764 CORRECTION R840 R841
R909 * R827 QPVM OUT 2.2k *
100 2.2 470 R856
4.7k
TO A BOARD 1/2W
16V
DQPVM *
N.C
—
12
11
R938 D902 D901 R930 1/10W
CN502 0 T-77-22 T-77-22 0 R901
100
R817 DQPVMA
13
10
1/4W DQPAA
R906 R903 R828 *
R904 C809
R908 18k 560 33k
18k 0.33
560 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W C812
14
C902 10V DQPPOA DFPHA
9
1/4W C905 1/4W
C906 C904 0.01 B 0.01
0.01
0.001 0.001 200V R837 25V
200V R833
B
15
50V 50V VCC1 DQPPHA
8
C810 * *
D 0.1
50V R829
OP60
16
470k VCC2
7
C901 1/10W R834
2.2 *
160V OP6M
17
D808 9VD
6
1SS133T-77
R824
100k
OP6P
18
DQPD R890
5
1/10W
*
— L803
R822
47k GND
19
R825 C808 GND
4
R870 C826
100p 9V 100k 0.01 1/10W
2.2k
50V 1/10W 25V
C813 1/10W
20
B HPIN HSAWIN
3
100 CH C824
16V 0.047
R830 16V
GND
21
HSAW
2
R809 JW B
Q812 5.0MM
R864
* 100
2SA933AS
1/10W
22
HP DFD ISEL
1
R866 D813
56k C823
1SS133T-77
1/4W C802 0.0027
10 9V 50V
50V
R893
33k
1/10W
—
VELOCITY MODULATION
F 9-965-941-01<BA5D>V
— 47 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
V BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST

IC801 11 N/C
V COMPONENT SIDE
1
[VELOCITY MODULATION]
2 3 4 5
PIN VOLT 12 3..5
1 7.4 13 3.8
JW802
CN902
D804
2 2.3 14 4.5
D803
A
8
3 4.8 15 9.0 1
R815
1-688-230-13
172261513
4 GND 16 4.6
Q807
D813
R910
C910
R922
JW906
5 6.3 17 4.6 R871
C902
R814
22
R830 JW905
B
S
C932
D808
R921
6 4.5 18 4.5 JW901
JW815
C823
Q805
JW803 JW907
C905
JW910
C911
7 9.0 19 N/C C912
C930
C804
8 5.8 20 4.8
E
C931
C810
IC801
C862
B
C802 R907
9 4.6 21 GND C803

C907
JW911
R909
Q902
R826
11
12
L801
10 4.8 22 0.3 R920
C909
JW801
10
C908
C813
R908
R919
R906
R918
D905
E
R904
Q812
R866
JW903
R923
C901
C906
JW902
B
R913 R911
L901
C805
C914
D902
R917 R912 R931
E
R916 R914 R905
C903
Q808
L803
D901
R935
E
R901
C811
C
CN901
B
R915
L802
R936
D903
R902
C913
C904
R903
D807
D806
Q901
D805
R811
1
A-1404- 849-A
V BOARD TRANSISTOR LIST

B C E
V CONDUCTOR SIDE [VELOCITY MODULATION]
Q805 3.5 1.8 4.2 1 2 3 4 5

Q808 8.6 4.3 9.0
D803
QP+
QP+
QP-
QP-
Q812 1.3 GND 2.0
VM
VM
D804
E
E
8
Q901 1.4 67.0 0.8 A
R864
C824
R825
C808
R893 D813
Q902
Q902 132.9 67.0 133.4 R871 IC801
R818
G
1
R938
Q903 1.2 6.2 1.8
C920
R892
R910
C823
R814
C910
R815
B C902
D808
C932
Q904 1.2 8.8 1.8
C911
R922
R921
R840
Q807
C806
C826 R841
S
C809 JR803
Q905 7.1 0.0 6.7 Q905
R817
C810
Q903
C804
Q906
C821
E
R828
C905
R809
C803
C930
Q906 7.4 9.0 7.1 R907
JR802
E C907
Q805
R933 R829
R827 R856
B
Q908
C912
Q907 7.4 9.0 8.1 R860
B
R857
D908
R855
R906
C909 R870
R833
R918
R919
R824
C931
C812
1-688-230-13
Q908 6.9 0.0 6.2 R834
D907
Q901 R920 R822
C802
10
C862 C813
R826
E
R908
R909
C908
L801
R904 Q907
R930
R866
D906
R923 R842
R932
D905 R913
B
D G S L901
R911
R837 C805
C901
R890
Q812
B
C914
C906
R931 R924 R917

D902
L803 R819
Q807 9.5 6.3 GND R905

R912
R820
172261513
R935
L802
R914 R876
CN901
B
R901
E
C903
R821
D806
C
Q808
R934
R936
R915
R916
Q904
R902
D807
R811
C913
D805
D901
C811
1
HDRV
D903
1
VD+
C904
10
HP
VM
9V
9V
NC
B+
R903
E
E
— 48 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
GK BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15
CN603
*
Q605
D647 2SD774-T-3 D645
GND 1 SW
1E3-TB 1ES-TB
A C600
*
R692
22k C690
1/10W
FB610 470
C607 FB611 FB612
GND 1
* * * *
R691
Q691 D620
D690
CN604 MTZJ-27
22k
2SA933AS-QRT MA111-TX
FB650 1/10W
* 1.1UH
T603 STBY PWR SW
— T601
LINE FILTER
C613
R615
1
*
7
C615 0.1 Q690
* * 1/2W D601 D640 2SB709A-QR
FB651 1.1UH S1VB20 MA111-TX SW
JW606
2
C622
20MM C629 R612 D613 2 8
* R688
CN600 VDR600 C603
C608 1
560 470k * C656 L600 R606
* 250V R607 R611
2P 0.22
R674
0.001
JW607
10W
0.0047 JW (5.0mm) 10k
10k
275V 250V 10k D646
B AC IN 1
0.47
1/2W
125V
20MM
C614 C619
C621
560
R628
470k
D612
3 9
- +
MA111-TX R610
10k
1/10W
3
RY600 *
* * 250V C658 1/10W
AC POWER R694 Q606
AC IN 2 0.0047 R613
C601 4 C651 22k 10k 2SD601A-QR
F601 FB652 1.1UH R629 R630 250V
0.22 R627 1000 1/10W R608 ZERO DET
470k 1/10W
* 275V D600 R626 5MM 470k 25V
D641 10k
GBJ4J10B9 8.2k 1/10W
FB653 MA111-TX
1.1UH R603 IC600 STBY 7.5V
R699 R640
— *
*
0.01
C620
25V B
MCZ3001D
CONVERTER 1k
1/4W
FB617
1.1UH
FB616
1.1UH
FB602
IC605
BA05T
5V REG
1.1UH
18
1
L505 VSENSE VD FB605
R625 1.1UH 5V REG
470 1/10W C648 C609 C617 I O
R687 NC Q600 0.001 680p 33 C665
G
17
R658 C640
2
D629 D628 F/B IRFIB7N50A 1kV D625
1 500V 160V R698 1000
MTZJ-T-77- MA111-TX C633 10 D1NS4-TA2 1000
CONVERTER
10W 1/4W T604 0.47 25V CN602
C 12C 0.001
50V CC PIT L608 C624
10
1/4W
25V
7P
16
3
CT C672 C604 160V D619
R660 D611
S 47000p 680p MA111-TX
10k 1 18 D4SBL20UF3 7 5V
800V 500V
1/10W D614
VS IC609
14V
EZ0150AV1 6
15
FB604
4
RT C632 NJM2396F09
THP501 C643 1.1UH L606 L609
R673 R631 47 9V REG
* 0.1 17 JW (5.0mm) 5 9V
15k 25V
5MM
50V FB618
VB D618 GND
RY501 I O 4
—
14
JW (5.0MM)
5
GND C670
DGC UF4005PKG2 D624 G
C634 680p R609 L1400
3 3 16 D10SC4M C616 C638 3 GND
10 50V C649 500V 1 *
2200 100
NC Q601 0.001 FB619 C667 10W -2
JW608 25V 25V 2 NC
13
R659
6
TIMER IRFIB7N50A 1kV JW (5.0MM) * PS601 L607
JW (15.0MM) FB614 FB609 -2
10 CONVERTER * *
C635 * 1.1UH +B
1/4W 4 15 1
4.7 50V D608
VG MTZJ-T-77-12C
C669
12
TO A BOARD
7
SS PIN5 C668 C618
JW609 D621 680p
C637 S * * R623
5 14
D D501
MA111-TX
JW (15.0MM)
0.1 50V
P-GND R670 R671
* MA6D50 500V CN505
11
8
VCI 10k R672 0.1 9V REG
C647
R650 1/10W 2W
R535 47 0.1 6 13 R668
2.2k 100k VC2 2W 470
25V
1/10W OCP IC601 1/4W
10
9
TO H/S Q600 C602 D631 DM-58
C645 D615 L605
CN503 0.001 50V B 10000p 1ES-TB 7 12 D4SBL20UF3
ERROR AMP
C501
3P 0.22 Q509
R534 FB606
L604 5 4 3 1
— DGC DGC 3
275V
2SC3311A-Q
DGC RELAY
10k
1/10W
R651
TO H/S Q601 R632
100
R647
91
C642
220
R619
0.47
1/4W
8 11
*
C650
100k Q608
50V 1000
2SD2144S-T
NC 2 35V
R616 MAIN RELAY SW C653
9 10
1.2k 1/10W -2 1
DGC 1
R620 R667 C652 50V
DGC 3 2 R617 10 10k 0.047
PH602
1k 1W 1/10W 16V
E ON3171-R
4 1
1/10W R618 0
FB607
*
B
R604
PS1401 10k
1/10W
CN1601
6P
MUTE
6
— ZERO-DETECT
DGC CONTROL
5
4 R1405
R1406 D1401
R614
2.2k
1k MTZJ-T-77-8.2B 1/10W
MAIN-RELAY
47k IC1401
3
TFA9844J
GND -2 AUDIO AMP
2
SPKR+
SPKL+
SPKL-
MODE1
MODE2
SPKR-
7.5-STAND-BY R1408 R1450
VCCR
1
VCCL
SGND
GNDR
INL1
INL2
GNDL
INR1
INR2
SVR
N/C
1.5k 10k
F Q1402
9V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1/4W
-2
-2
C1451
-2
C1450
CN1401
TO A BOARD 2SC2412K-T-146-Q 1000mF
CN1405 MUTE *
CN410 4P
C1413
TRV 4 1 SPK/R+
-2 -2
— AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
3
2
R1401
100k
2
3
SPK/R-
SPK/L+
GND 1 4 SPK/L-
D1402
100 C1402 C1404
C1407
C1420 D1400 C1401 * *
*
R1403 1SS133
0 -2 C1405
*
G R1404
Q1401
2SC2412K-T-146-Q
MUTE C1406
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
TO TK BOARD 22k *
R1488
FIL1IN2
FIL1IN3
-2 C1458
LCHOUT
2.2k R1458
FIL1IN1
LCHIN
FIL1OUT
RCHIN
RCHOUT
CN2402 R1457 4.7k 4.7k *
IC1402
CN1404 R1462 *
FIL2IN2
R1461
FIL2OUT
*
FIL2IN
* SRS
MODE1
MODE2
*
VREF
-2 -2
GND
V+
LCH 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 -2
RCH R1416 R1414
* *
S-GND 3 R1410 *
C1412 C1411
GND 4 R1411 *
*
H AUDIO
9V
VCC 5
*
6 R1415 R1412
-2 -2 * *
MUTE 7
R1413
C1403 C1408
* * *
THIS GROUND IS AN ISOLATED GROUND (-2).
— DO NOT MEASURE USING CHASSIS GROUND.
AUDIO
I
POWER SUPPLY
— 9-965-941-01<BA5D>GK
— 49 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
GK BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST GK BOARD TRANSISTOR LIST

IC600 IC601 2 GND 3 9.0 B C E
PIN VOLT PIN VOLT 3 19.6 4 0.0 Q509 0.3 10.5 GND
1 2.8 1 134.6 4 8.3 5 0.0 Q605 7.6 18.8 7.6
2 1.9 2 N/C 5 19.6 6 4.5 Q606 0.0 0.5 GND
3 2.3 3 2.4 6 3.2 7 0.0 Q608 0.6 0.0 GND
4 2.6 4 8.4 7 0.0 8 GND Q690 6.1 0.5 5.9
5 GND 5 GND 8 0.0 9 4.5 Q691 6.9 7.6 7.6
6 0.0 IC605 9 3.2 10 4.5 Q1401 0.0 GND 0.6
7 4.6 PIN VOLT 10 9.1 11 4.5 Q1402 0.0 0.0 GND
8 17.5 I 6.1 11 9.7 12 4.5
9 0.0 O 5.0 12 3.2 13 4.5 D G S
10 10.6 G GND 13 3.3 14 4.4 Q600 313.0 160.0 156.0
11 0.0 IC609 14 8.3 15 4.4 Q601 155.0 4.9 0.0
12 4.9 PIN VOLT 15 GND 16 4.5 All voltages are in V.
13 2.3 I 10.5 16 19.6 All voltages are in V.
14 163.9 O 9.0 17 8.3

15 153.8 G GND IC1402
16 158.2 IC1401 PIN VOLT
17 2.6 PIN VOLT 1 GND
18 314.0 1 8.3 2 0.3
GK COMPONENT SIDE [AUDIO, POWER SUPPLY]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
FB611 1-688-228-13 C603 FB650
EY93 EY94 4 CN1601 1 JW617
CN1405 1 6 FB612
E Q509 B JW616
FB610 172261513 FB651
EY60
JW650
CN611
A
JW13
JW12
JW1421
JW1420
JW1416
JW1403 4 T602
C607
R603
R673
D690 7
JW1411
EY61
JW1412
JW16 B Q605
E JW606
R699
EY36
EY98
TP1
EY97
HS1405
EY8 EY9
7 CN1404 1 D645
E
Q691
L1400
HS609
D629
C1412 JW1409
B
JW2
EY35 EY5
JW14
JW1
EY77 EY19 JW607 EY59
JW604
JW605
C611
R601
JW1404
JW1402 RY600
C690
9V
GND
845-A
MUTE
1
AVCC
S-GND
JW1406
JW1413 3
JW4
JW1414
C1413 D647 RY501 FB652

JW1456
THP501
C615
EY29
2 IC609 4 C619 EY12
FB653
JW1405 17 JW1455 EY26 D600
JW1408
EY30 EY25 + -
A-1404-
C632 JW652 EY44 EY45
16 JW1419 EY58
C651
L600 C622
B
R609
CLS001 C616
C1401 JW1417 EY11 EY7
D601
JW1436 C618
JW651 L505
C656 EY43 EY46
JW17
1
JW1432 EY27
T603
EY54
IC1401 JW1424 EY78 C613
EY41
C638 9 JW8 JW610
C1420
T601
R674
JW601
D608
C658
C614 EY10 EY6
JW608
JW609
E
D1400
PS601 Q608
R1450 JW603
R623
2 CN613 C501
B
EY57
L609 C608
JW1415
1 C653 C644 CN503

2.7A C670 C631 D631
L606
PS1401
JW1407
R688
L607
D632
R627
R687
C1451
C667
JW1435
R622
HS615
R619
EY39 EY40 D613

C601
-
PH602
C
FB609
L604
FB614 R630 EY53

EY31
EY96 VDR600
D624
C669 D621 C668

EY95 C635 C633 EY63 EY42
3
D615
R629
2
F601
C634
C637
C642
9 IC600 1
HS621 R628
JW1429
EY32
C625
C1450
EY3
R620
15
R600
R640
C647
R6
JW1430
JW31
JW32
D612
FB607
JW035
EY4
JW1410 EY38 AC IN
EY50
JW612
L605 EY49
EY33
FB606
R672
R671
EY91 FB605 10 18
FB616
EY2
EY1
EY92
C650
+
EY99 EY100
FB617
R658
R698
D625 D618
-
JW1437
FB618
FB619
D1402 CN600
R659
JW1433 EY87 EY86

C643
JW1418 EY34
GND
C600
D1401
IC605
EY85 C649 EY70

I
C604
C640
Q600
JW1434 EY88 EY48
CN604
Q601
4 1 C629
EY67 EY51 EY52
G
FB604
O
EY89 S G
GD
JW1431
R668 EY82 EY68
T6
EY37
02
EY13
C609
01
EY84 EY80
EY64
IC601
R612
CN612
T6
GD
CN1401 C617 C621
SPK/L-
SPK/L+
SPK/R-
SPK/R+
C665
EY14
JW1428
EY90 EY81
+
JW33
FB602
CN603
JW1457
C624 JW34
1 EY69
GND
EY83 6.3A
D611
L608 D614 HS601 C648 HS600 R650 EY47

CN602 EY79 T604 R651
5V
9V
NC
+B
7 C672
14V
GND
GND
— 50 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
GK BOARD LOCATOR LIST

GK CONDUCTOR SIDE [AUDIO, POWER SUPPLY]
DIODE IC
D1400 C-9 IC1401 B-10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 D1401 D-10 IC1402 B-10
D1402 D-10 IC600 C-4
RELAY
D501 B-5 IC601 D-8
R1413
R1415
C1403
R1412
R1414
R1411
7.5V
ZERO
MUTE
TRV
C1411
GND
GND
DGC
R1410 C1408
R
D600 B-2 IC605 D-9
JR6
A 1 4
D1409
FB611 R535
FB610 FB612 B Q509 E
C607 6 1 R1416 C1412
D601 B-7 IC609 A-8
CN611
C603 R534 CN1601 CN1405
E
D639
B D1410
JR10
JR1401
JR1402
FB650 R601 HS609 JR8
RY600
Q605
E
D690
D611 D-7
Q691
FB651 6 7 1 CN1404 7
T602
D629
L1400
8 D645
R1458
IC609
D628 5 R692 C1454 IC1402
D612 C-2 TRANSISTOR
B
C1407
R603
R1456
1-688-228-13 9
C611
C690
S-GND
AVCC
4
GND
MUTE
L
9V
C1404
C622
172261513 3 1
7
R691
C1402 D613 C-2 Q1401 C-10
D501
FB652
C615
D647
RY501
IC1401
D620
4 2 C1405 C1413
R699
THP501 C1455
FB653 C1409
17 16
D614 E-8 Q1402 D-10
L600
R1457
T601 D619 C632
C651
R607
R694
D600 C619
B
1 9
13
R606 Q606
R1455
D615 C-8 Q509 A-6
HS1405
C1459 R1459
C656
R1462 C1406
D618 D-5 Q600 D-4
R608
R1460
R611
C1401
R610
CLS001
D601
D640
D646
D641 C1460
C613 Q690 C1458
R613
1
R609
R614
L505
D620 B-7 Q601 E-5
C618
C616
R1461
C658
D608
C1420
C501
R618
R616
C614 T603
D621 C-7 Q605 A-7
C1410
D649
D1400
R623
B E L606
R688
R674 R617
CN503 CN613 2
C608
D624 C-7 Q606 B-8
R604
C620
R626
R621
R631
R696
Q608 C638
C631 R1450
HS621
D631 PS601 C670 L609 R1401
D621 1
L607
D624
D625 D-8 Q608 C-6
R687
D632
C644 C653
C601 C1451
C667
R625
C633
C635
C
D613 PS1401
D628 A-4 Q690 B-8
C634
6.3A
R627
C642
FB614 FB609
L604
D615
R630 2.7A
C637
00
HS615
-
R622
R6
R619
VD C1450
F601
1
4
C669
C668
D629 A-5 Q691 A-8
2
9
L605
R632
R628 R6 R629 1 PH602 FB607
D631 C-5
R640
C625
R620
R600 15 Q1401
D612
C629 D607 C645 R647
C647
IC600
AC IN C627 FB606
D632 C-5
T604
CN600
R672
R671
C602
C650
FB605
D640 B-7
FB616
R1488
D617 R1404 Q1402
10
R698
FB617
C628
+
R658
D641 B-7
FB618
D625 R1403
FB619
R659 D618
-
D1402
D
1 D609
C643
IC605
D645 A-7
C652
R667
R660 R670 R1405
C649
C604
R1408
I
D610 CN1401
R1406
CN604
D646 B-8
C617
G
D611
4
IC601
C665
S C640
D647 B-7
D1401
1
R602
C626
CN612
C609
GND
C672
R612 FB604
Q600
SPK/R+
SPK/R-
SPK/L+
SPK/L-
D690 A-7
C624
R668
C621 HS600
C648
S
+
CN602
Q601
R651
HS601
1 7
L608
R650 D614
FB602
+B
NC
GND
GND
9V
14V
5V
GDT601 CN603 GND C600 GDT602
— 51 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
TK BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
A IC2401 R2409
10k
SPKL+
SPKR-
TFA9844J
SPKL-
MODE2
MODE1
SPKR+
1/10W
GNDL
VCCL
INL1
INL2
INR2
GNDR
SGND
INR1
VCCR
SVR
AUDIO AMP
NC
-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
J2400
PS2401 SW PIN JACK
— C2412
0.47
C2413
1000
C2414 50V 35V R2444
D2400 -2 -2
1SS133 100
-2
B -2
C2411
-2
— C2428
2200
25V
-2
C2407
0.47
10V R2422 IC2402 R2429
C B
R2430
10k
1/10W
NJM4558M-T
VAR AMP
4.7k
1/10W
1k
1/10W
8 7 6 5
R2423
39k R2428
VCC
IN-2
IN+2
OUT2
R2431 1/10W 4.7k
— 1.5k
-2
C2423
0.047
-2
1/4W
IN+1
OUT1
IN-1
R2424
GND
16V
C2420 39k
B
0.47 R2420 -2 1/10W
10V 22k
1 2 3 4
B 1/10W
-2
D R2425
39k
1/10W
R2434 C2421 R2421
100k 0.47 22k R2427 C2427
Q2401 10V 1/10W 470 47
2SC2412K B 1/10W 25V
MUTE
R2432 R2426
C2424
-2
— 0 C2430
0.0068
25V
B
-2
C2425
0.1
16V
B
470 1/10W
R2488 -2
R2440 2.2k C2426
22k -2 100p 50V CH
THIS GROUND IS AN ISOLATED GROUND (-2).

R2441
DO NOT MEASURE USING CHASSIS GROUND.
E TO GK BOARD
CN1404
1.5k
Q2400
2S2412K
CN2402 MUTE
7P R2443
47k -2
— LCH
RCH
1
2
-2
SGND 3
GND 4
-2
AUDIO/VCC 5
F 9V 6
MUTE 7
SUB WOOFER
D2402 JW 5.0MM
9-965-941-01<BA5D>TK
—
— 52 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
TK BOARD IC VOLTAGE LIST

IC8401 IC8402
TK COMPONENT SIDE [SUB WOOFER]
PIN VOLT PIN VOLT 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 8.3 1 4.6
2 GND 2 4.6 A-1404- 953-A
3 19.6 3 4.6 A
4 8.3 4 GND
5 19.6 5 4.6 EY2400
EY2401
1-688-558-13
R2444 172261513
6 3.2 6 4.6
7 0.0 7 4.6
8 0.0 8 9.0
9 3.2 All voltages are in V. B C2427
C2428
JW2410
HS2401
10 9.1 D2400 C2411
17
JW2403
11 9.7
R2428
16
12 3.2
JW2411
13 3.3 EY2405
J2400
14 8.3
15 GND C
C2414 IC2401
2
16 19.6
1
17 8.3 SUB WOOFER EY2404
JW2404
JW2401
C2430
1 L CH
R CH
D2402
SIGNAL GND
D2401
D
GND
AUDIO VCC
C2413 9V LINE
7 MUTE
C2412
EY2402 EY2403
JW2400 1
7
TK BOARD TRANSISTOR LIST JW2405
PS2401
2.7A CN2402
BAR CODE
B C E
Q8400 0.0 0.0 GND E
Q8401 0.0 0.0 GND
— 53 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
TK CONDUCTOR SIDE [SUB WOOFER]
1 2 3 4 5 6
R2444
C2421
R2431
1-688-558-13
C2424
R2430
C2425
R2426
C2426
172261513 IC2402
C2407
R2424
R2425
C2423
B C2420
C2409
R2420
R2421
R2423
R2427
D2400
R2428
C2427
16
17
R2422
R2429
JW2410
C2428
HS2401
C2411
J2400
C C2414
2
JW2404
IC2401
R2441
D2402
L CH 1
C2430 SUB WOOFER
D2401
R CH
SIGNAL GND
D
GND Q2401
R2442
R2443
AUDIO VCC R2434

Q2400
R2432
R2440
9V LINE
R2488
MUTE 7
C2413
C2412
PS2401
1
CN2402 2.7A
7
R2409
— 54 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
5-5. SEMICONDUCTORS
2SB709A-QRS-TX 2SC3209LK-TP 2SD1858-Q-TV2 2SC3840K 2SC4159-E

2SD601A-QRS-TX 2SD774-T-34 2SC3311A-QRSTA
2SC2412K-T-146-QR LETTER SIDE
2SD2144S-TP-UVW
LETTER SIDE
C
E C E B
B C B
E C
B
C E
2SA1091O-TPE2 IRF614 SVC203SPA-AL IRFIB7N50A-LF31 DAL5815

2SC5511
2SA2005
32
G 3
1
D
E C S 2
CATHODE
B 1 ANODE
D1NS4-TA2 ERC06-15S EL1Z-V1 D10SC4M MA111-TX

D1NS4-TR CATHODE MTZJ-T-77-5.1C CATHODE
ERB44-06TP1 UDZSTE-1710B
CATHODE
ERA38-06TP1 MTZJ-T-77-5.6C ERC04-06SE
ERA82-004TP5 MTZJ-T-77-7.5A 1SS83TD
1SS133T-77 MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 1N4003GA
MTZJ-T-77-3.3B ANODE
MTZJ-T-77-10B ANODE
1N4937/23 ANODE ANODE
MTZJ-T-77-3.6B MTZJ-T-77-30D GP08DPKG23
12
MTZJ-T-77-3.9B RGP10-GPKG3 PR1004GT 1
3 CATHODE
2
MTZJ-T-77-6.2B RGP02-17PKG23 RGP10GPKG23
3
MTZJ-T-77-6.8B RGP15GPKG23 RU4AM-T3
MTZJ-T-77-12C
MTZJ-T-77-15B S1VB20 D4SB60L-F 2SC2668-YTP MTZJ-T-77-27
MTZJ-T-77-22
+
~ {
~_ ’
’
+~
~ _ {
+ ’
~ ’
~ _
E
C
B
2SA933AS-QRT
3
12
— 55 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 6: EXPLODED VIEWS
Components not identified by a part number or The component parts of an assembly are indicated by the * Items marked with an asterisk are not stocked since
description are not stocked because they are seldom reference numbers in the far right column of the parts list they are seldom required for routine service. Expect
required for routine service. and within the dotted lines of the diagram. some delay when ordering these components.
NOTE: The components identified by shading and ! mark are critical for safety. NOTE: Les composants identifies per un trame et une marque ! sont critiques pour
Replace only with part number specified. la securite. Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le numero specifie.
6-1. CHASSIS (KV-27FS210 ONLY)

4-046-765-12 SCREW, TAPPING 7+CROWN WASHER
4-388-477-01 SCREW(3X16),TAPPING,+BV WASHER ��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
�
� �
� �
� �
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION [ASSEMBLY INCLUDES]
1 1-825-513-11 LOUDSPEAKER * 11 1-555-110-00 CABLE, P-P
* 2 A-1400-251-A HR (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED * 12 1-558-539-21 CABLE, P-P
* 3 A-1404-878-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 13 1-771-787-13 SWITCH, RF ANTENNA
4 A-1404-856-A HU (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED * 14 4-076-951-01 HINGE, PWB
* 5 A-1302-095-A A BOARD, COMPLETE ! 15 1-791-935-12 CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
The high-voltage leads associated with the FBT on the A board
are not included and must be ordered separately. (SEE 20-22) 16 4-087-877-21 BRACKET, TERMINAL
17 1-500-082-11 CLAMP, SLEEVE FERRITE
* 6 A-1404-880-A BD (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED 18 4-084-918-01 HOLDER, HV CABLE
7 8-598-593-50 TUNER, FSS BTF-WA421 ! 19 1-453-310-11 FBT ASSY NX-4521//X4J4 (20-22)
* 8 A-1404-846-A P (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 20 1-251-374-14 CAP ASSY, HIGH-VOLTAGE
* 9 A-1404-879-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
10 8-598-594-30 TUNER, FSS BTF-FA421 ! 21 1-900-800-82 WIRE ASSY, FOCUS
! 22 1-900-803-22 WIRE ASSY, G2 LEAD
* 23 A-1405-168-A C (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
— 56 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
6-2. PICTURE TUBE (KV-27FS210 ONLY)

4-388-477-01 SCREW(3X16),TAPPING,+BV WASHER
7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4X16 TYPE2 IT-3
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION [ASSEMBLY INCLUDES] REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
30 X-4041-524-1 BEZNET ASSY (31-37) ! 40 8-451-494-41 DY Y29RSA-V
31 4-087-374-01 SPRING, DOOR 41 4-036-329-01 SPRING (B), TENSION
32 4-046-160-21 EMBLEM, SONY (NO.9) ! 42 1-419-156-21 COIL, DEGAUSSING
33 4-087-375-21 DOOR, CONTROL ! 43 8-453-011-11 NECK ASSEMBLY NA299-M
34 4-087-376-21 LABEL, FRONT TERMINAL 44 4-053-005-01 SPACER, DY
35 4-087-156-01 GUIDE, LIGHT * 45 4-062-970-12 CLIP (29RSN), DGC

36 4-087-150-01 BUTTON, POWER 46 1-452-885-11 MAGNET, LANDING
37 4-036-880-11 DAMPER 47 4-083-414-01 PIECE A(110), CONV CORRECT
! 38 1-452-896-11 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT200) 48 4-081-170-01 PLATE, TLH CORRECTION
! 39 8-735-082-05 CRT 29RSN(SDP) M68LNH050X 49 4-094-643-01 LABEL, TERMINAL AUDIO
50 4-093-996-01 COVER, REAR
— 57 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
6-3. CHASSIS (KV-29FA210 ONLY)

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
� �
�
� �
1 1-825-417-11 LOUDSPEAKER (6X12CM) 9 1-766-374-11 PLUG, F-PIN
* 2 A-1400-251-A HR (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED * 10 4-076-951-01 HINGE, PWB
* 3 A-1404-878-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 11 1-791-935-12 CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
4 A-1404-856-A HU (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED (KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY)
The high-voltage leads associated with the FBT on the following A boards ! 11 1-769-796-31 CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR)
are not included and must be ordered separately. (SEE 16-18) (KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY)
* 5 A-1302-128-A A BOARD, COMPLETE * 12 4-087-877-31 BRACKET, TERMINAL
(KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY)
* 5 A-1302-193-A A BOARD, COMPLETE 13 1-500-082-11 CLAMP, SLEEVE FERRITE
(KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY) 14 4-084-918-01 HOLDER, HV CABLE
! 15 1-453-310-11 FBT ASSY NX-4521//X4J4 (16-18)
* 6 A-1404-880-A BD (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 16 1-251-374-14 CAP ASSY, HIGH-VOLTAGE
! 7 8-598-593-50 TUNER, FSS BTF-WA421 ! 17 1-900-800-82 WIRE ASSY, FOCUS
* 8 A-1405-181-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
(KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY) ! 18 1-900-803-22 WIRE ASSY, G2 LEAD
* 8 A-1405-184-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED * 19 A-1404-953-A TK (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED
(KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY) * 20 A-1405-168-A C (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
— 58 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
6-4. PICTURE TUBE (KV-29FA210 ONLY)

7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4X16 TYPE2 IT-3 57 56
55
54
53
49
45 51 52
46 50
47
48
44
43
42
41
40
39
37 38
30
31
32 33
34
36
35
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION [ASSEMBLY INCLUDES] REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION [ASSEMBLY INCLUDES]
30 X-4041-544-1 BEZNET ASSY (31-37) ! 42 1-419-523-21 COIL, DEGAUSSING
31 4-087-374-01 SPRING, DOOR (KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY)
32 4-046-160-21 EMBLEM, SONY (NO.9) ! 43 8-453-011-11 NECK ASSEMBLY NA299-M
33 4-087-376-21 LABEL, FRONT TERMINAL 44 4-053-005-01 SPACER, DY
34 4-087-375-21 DOOR, CONTROL * 45 4-062-970-12 CLIP (29RSN), DGC
35 4-087-156-01 GUIDE, LIGHT 46 1-452-885-11 MAGNET, LANDING
36 4-087-150-01 BUTTON, POWER 47 4-083-414-01 PIECE A(110), CONV CORRECT
37 4-036-880-11 DAMPER 48 4-081-170-01 PLATE, TLH CORRECTION
! 38 1-452-896-11 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT200) 49 4-093-996-01 COVER, REAR
! 39 8-735-082-05 CRT 29RSN(SDP) M68LNH050X * 50 4-094-733-01 COVER, BOTTOM WOOFER (29)
(KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY) * 51 4-068-528-01 FOOT
! 39 8-735-083-05 CRT 29RSN(SDP)(SOUTH) M68LNH050X 52 4-094-735-01 RING, WOOFER
(KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY) 53 1-825-435-11 LOUDSPEAKER (13CM)
! 40 8-451-494-41 DY Y29RSA-V * 54 4-094-732-01 COVER, TOP WOOFER (29)
41 4-036-329-01 SPRING (B), TENSION * 55 1-827-198-11 CONNECTION CABLE
! 42 1-419-156-21 COIL, DEGAUSSING 56 4-094-734-01 DUCT (29)
(KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY) ☛* 57 A-1604-406-A BOX ASSY, WOOFER (50-56)
— 59 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
� �
� �
� �
�
1 1-825-513-11 LOUDSPEAKER 11 8-598-594-30 TUNER, FSS BTF-FA421

* 3 A-1404-901-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED * 13 1-558-539-21 CABLE, P-P
* 4 A-1404-896-A HD BOARD, MOUNTED ! 14 1-771-787-13 SWITCH, RF ANTENNA

The high-voltage leads associated with the FBT on the A board 17 4-087-877-21 BRACKET, TERMINAL
are not included and must be ordered separately. (SEE 20-22) 18 1-500-082-11 CLAMP, SLEEVE FERRITE
* 7 A-1404-880-A BD (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 19 1-453-338-31 FBT ASSY, NX-4600//X4J4 (20-22)
8 8-598-593-50 TUNER, FSS BTF-WA421 ! 20 1-251-374-14 CAP ASSY, HIGH-VOLTAGE
* 9 A-1404-846-A P (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
* 10 A-1404-879-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 21 1-900-805-19 WIRE ASSY, FOCUS HV
! 22 1-900-805-22 CONNECTOR ASSY, G2 HV
— 60 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

4-388-477-01 SCREW(3X16),TAPPING,+BV WASHER ��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
31 4-087-374-01 SPRING, DOOR 41 4-082-641-01 SPRING, 45MM
32 4-046-160-21 EMBLEM, SONY (NO.9) ! 42 1-428-988-11 DEGAUSSING COIL (32 120V)
33 4-087-375-21 DOOR, CONTROL * 43 4-074-576-01 CUSHION, DGC
34 4-087-376-21 LABEL, FRONT TERMINAL 44 4-082-640-01 HOOK, GROUND WIRE
35 4-087-156-01 GUIDE, LIGHT ! 45 8-453-007-41 NECK ASSEMBLY NA324-M4

36 4-087-150-01 BUTTON, POWER 46 4-053-005-01 SPACER, DY
37 4-036-880-11 DAMPER 47 4-065-895-11 HOLDER, DGC
! 38 1-452-896-11 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT200) 48 1-452-885-11 MAGNET, LANDING
! 39 8-735-066-05 CRT 34RSN(SDP) A80LPD50X 49 4-083-414-01 PIECE A(110), CONV CORRECT
50 4-081-170-01 PLATE, TLH CORRECTION

51 4-091-284-01 DAMPER, SOUND
52 4-087-878-21 COVER, REAR
— 61 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
� �
� �
� �
�
1 1-825-513-11 LOUDSPEAKER 11 8-598-594-30 TUNER, FSS BTF-FA421
* 3 A-1404-904-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED * 13 1-558-539-21 CABLE, P-P
* 4 A-1404-896-A HD BOARD, MOUNTED ! 14 1-771-787-13 SWITCH, RF ANTENNA

The high-voltage leads associated with the FBT on the A board 17 4-087-877-21 BRACKET, TERMINAL
are not included and must be ordered separately. (SEE 21-23) 18 1-500-082-11 CLAMP, SLEEVE FERRITE
* 7 A-1404-880-A BD (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED 19 4-084-918-01 HOLDER, HV CABLE
8 8-598-593-50 TUNER, FSS BTF-WA421 ! 20 1-453-338-21 FBT ASSY, NX-4600//X4C4 (21-23)
* 9 A-1404-846-A P (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
* 10 A-1404-905-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED ! 21 1-251-715-32 CAP ASSY, HIGH-VOLTAGE
! 22 1-900-805-19 WIRE ASSY, FOCUS HV
! 23 1-900-805-22 CONNECTOR ASSY, G2 HV
— 62 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

7-685-663-79 SCREW +BVTP 4X16 TYPE2 TT(B) ��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
31 4-087-374-01 SPRING, DOOR ! 41 8-453-007-41 NECK ASSEMBLY NA324-M4
32 4-046-160-21 EMBLEM, SONY (NO.9) 42 4-086-875-02 SUPPORTER, CRT
33 4-087-375-21 DOOR, CONTROL 43 4-088-879-01 CUSHION, 36 CRT SUPPORTER
34 4-087-376-21 LABEL, FRONT TERMINAL ! 44 1-452-896-11 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT200)
35 4-087-156-01 GUIDE, LIGHT 45 4-082-641-01 SPRING, 45MM

36 4-087-150-01 BUTTON, POWER ! 46 1-428-987-11 DEGAUSSING COIL (36 120V)
37 4-036-880-11 DAMPER 47 4-082-640-01 HOOK, GROUND WIRE
! 38 8-735-081-61 ITC 38RSN-A1M (39-41) 48 2-164-116-01 SPACER, DY
(KV-36FS210 HAWAII ONLY) 49 4-065-895-04 HOLDER, DGC
! 38 8-735-048-61 ITC 38RSN-A1 (39-41)
(KV-36FS210 US ONLY) 50 1-452-885-11 MAGNET, LANDING
! 39 8-735-081-05 CRT 38RSN (FOR TAIWAN ETC) A90LPW80X 51 4-085-128-01 PIECE A (100), CONV. CORRECT
(KV-36FS210 HAWAII ONLY) 52 2-163-920-01 PLATE, TLH CORRECTION
! 39 8-735-048-05 CRT 38RSN A90LPW80X 53 4-086-697-22 COVER, REAR
(KV-36FS210 US ONLY)
— 63 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
SECTION 7: ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
NOTE: The components identified by shading

and ! mark are critical for safety. Replace only
with part number specified.
The components in this manual identified by the following
symbol: indicate parts that have been carefully factory-
selected to satisfy regulations regarding X-ray radiation for
RESISTORS
• All resistors are in ohms
• F : nonflammable
A
each set. • All variable and adjustable resistors
have characteristic curve B, unless
Should replacement be required for one of these otherwise noted.
NOTE: Les composants identifies per un trame et components, replace only with the value originally used.
une marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
When ordering parts by reference
numero specifie. * Items marked with an asterisk are not stocked since they number, please include the board name.
are seldom required for routine service. Expect some delay
when ordering these components.
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION VALUES REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION VALUES
A
C014 1-162-975-11 CERAMIC CHIP 24pF 5% 50V
C016 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 16V
* A-1302-095-A A BOARD, COMPLETE
C017 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022µF 10% 50V
(KV-27FS210 ONLY)
* A-1302-128-A A BOARD, COMPLETE
(KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY)
* A-1302-193-A A BOARD, COMPLETE C020 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
(KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY) C026 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
* A-1302-108-A A BOARD, COMPLETE C027 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
(KV-32FS210 ONLY) C028 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
* A-1302-109-A A BOARD, COMPLETE C029 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
(KV-36FS210 ONLY)
The high-voltage leads associated with the FBT on these C030 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047µF 10% 16V
A boards are not included and must be ordered separately. C031 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
Order the following leads when requesting these A boards: C032 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
! 1-251-374-14 CAP ASSY, HIGH-VOLTAGE C033 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3V
(KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210 ONLY)
! 1-251-715-32 CAP ASSY, HIGH-VOLTAGE C034 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) C035 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
1-900-800-82 WIRE ASSY, FOCUS HV (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) C036 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
! 1-900-805-19 WIRE ASSY, FOCUS HV C037 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) C038 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
1-900-803-22 CONNECTOR ASSY, G2 HV
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) C039 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
! 1-900-805-22 CONNECTOR ASSY, G2 HV C041 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) C043 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V
4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+) C045 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
CAPACITOR C046 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V

C047 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 25V
C049 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
C050 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 25V
C004 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C051 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C053 1-135-834-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2µF 6.3V
C054 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C008 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
C055 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V
— 64 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A
C056 1-135-834-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2µF 6.3V C333 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C057 1-135-834-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2µF 6.3V C335 1-162-918-11 CERAMIC CHIP 18pF 5% 50V
C060 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V C337 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V
C062 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3V C338 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V
C065 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V C339 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10V
C101 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 5% 25V C340 1-126-767-11 ELECT 1000µF 20% 16V
C111 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V C343 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) C344 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
C120 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50pF 50V C345 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10V
C121 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50pF 50V
C122 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C133 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220pF 5% 50V C347 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
C200 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C201 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V C348 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C202 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
C349 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
C203 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
C206 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V C350 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% 25V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C352 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V

C212 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C213 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C302 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C304 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47UF 10V C356 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
C357 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
C307 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V C358 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
C308 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V C359 1-162-961-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330pF 10% 50V
C310 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V C364 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47pF 5% 50V
C311 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C365 1-162-117-00 CERAMIC 100pF 10% 500V
C312 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V C366 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10V
C313 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V C367 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10V
C314 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V C368 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10V
C373 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25V
C320 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47µF 20% 50V C374 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V
C322 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V C400 1-128-934-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33UF 20% 10V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
C326 1-164-373-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033µF 25V
C401 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF 10.00% 25V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
C327 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP C401 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068µF 10% 25V
C330 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
— 65 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

NOTE: Les composants identifies per un trame et une
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite. Ne les
remplacer que par une piece portant le numero specifie.
A
C402 1-164-174-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0082UF 10.00% 25V ! C511 1-117-652-11 FILM 22000pF 3% 1.2KV
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C402 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022µF 10% 25V C512 1-129-709-91 FILM 0.0039UF 5.00% 630V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
C403 1-162-967-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0033µF 10% 50V C512 1-129-928-00 FILM 0.0027µF 10% 630V
C404 1-162-967-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0033µF 10% 50V (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C405 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033µF 10% 16V ! C513 1-129-722-00 FILM 0.047UF 5.00% 630V
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
C406 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033µF 10% 16V ! C513 1-130-118-91 FILM 0.051µF 5% 400V
C407 1-115-412-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680pF 5% 25V (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C409 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V ! C514 1-109-844-11 FILM 0.68UF 5.00% 400V
C410 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
! C514 1-115-521-11 FILM 0.82µF 5% 250V
C411 1-128-934-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33µF 20% 10V (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C412 1-126-961-11 ELECT 2.2µF 20% 50V C515 1-104-987-11 MYLAR 0.001µF 5% 200V
C413 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
! C516 1-115-521-11 FILM 0.82UF 5.00% 250V
C414 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
! C516 1-115-356-11 FILM 1.2µF 5% 250V
C415 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C517 1-107-649-11 ELECT 2.2µF 20% 250V
C416 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
C518 1-106-387-00 MYLAR 0.068µF 10% 200V
C418 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C419 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220UF 20.00% 25V C519 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220pF 10% 500V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) C520 1-164-646-11 CERAMIC 2200pF 10% 500V
C525 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220pF 10% 500V
C422 1-126-768-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 16V
C424 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
! C527 1-162-116-00 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 2KV
C427 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V C529 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22µF 20% 63V
C530 1-130-475-00 MYLAR 0.0022µF 5% 50V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) C531 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22µF 20% 50V
C501 1-102-110-00 CERAMIC 220pF 10% 50V C535 1-164-360-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 16V
C502 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47µF 20% 50V C537 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 25V
C539 1-126-941-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 25V
C504 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 500V C540 1-131-867-51 ELECT 100µF 160V
C505 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 500V C541 1-128-560-11 ELECT 22µF 20% 100V
C506 1-106-383-00 MYLAR 0.047µF 10% 200V C542 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220PF 10.00% 500V
! C507 1-162-116-00 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 2KV
C544 1-129-718-00 FILM 0.022µF 5% 630V
C508 1-102-228-00 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 500V
C545 1-106-387-00 MYLAR 0.068µF 10% 200V

! C509 1-162-116-00 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 2KV
C546 1-104-987-11 MYLAR 0.001µF 5% 200V
! C510 1-137-150-11 FILM 0.01µF 5% 100V
! C511 1-136-086-00 FILM 17000PF 3.00% 1.2KV (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) C547 1-104-987-11 MYLAR 0.001µF 5% 200V
— 66 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

A
C550 1-102-002-00 CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% 500V DIODE

C550 1-164-645-11 CERAMIC 1000pF 10% 500V D002 8-719-109-93 DIODE RD6.2ESB2
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) D004 8-719-921-44 DIODE MTZJ-5.1C
C551 1-109-954-11 ELECT 0.47µF 20% 160V D005 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
C552 1-102-244-00 CERAMIC 220pF 10% 500V D006 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
D007 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
! C553 1-117-412-11 FILM 0.24UF 5.00% 250V
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) D008 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
! C553 1-117-661-11 FILM 0.15µF 5% 250V D009 8-719-982-22 DIODE MTZJ-30D
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) D010 8-719-109-93 DIODE RD6.2ESB2
! C554 1-117-629-11 FILM 2700PF 3.00% 1.2KV D100 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) D101 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
! C554 1-117-635-11 FILM 4700pF 3% 1.2KV
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) D102 8-719-109-85 DIODE RD5.1ESB2
C561 1-126-967-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 50V D110 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
C563 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220µF 20% 25V D111 8-719-109-93 DIODE RD6.2ESB2
C564 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V D112 8-719-109-93 DIODE RD6.2ESB2
D113 8-719-921-44 DIODE MTZJ-5.1C
C565 1-126-969-11 ELECT 220µF 20% 50V
C568 1-136-169-00 FILM 0.22µF 5% 50V D200 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
C571 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000µF 20% 25V D201 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
D211 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
C590 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
C1501 1-107-846-11 FILM 0.1µF 5% 400V D212 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) D218 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
C6003 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3V D304 8-719-921-44 DIODE MTZJ-5.1C
C6005 1-126-768-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 16V D305 8-719-108-12 DIODE RD9.1EW
D306 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
CONNECTOR D307 8-719-929-15 DIODE HZS9.1NB2
D309 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
* CN003 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P
D310 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
* CN007 1-560-124-00 PLUG, CONNECTOR (2.5MM) 4P
D311 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
* CN306 1-774-105-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P
D314 8-719-108-12 DIODE RD9.1EW
* CN501 1-580-798-11 CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P
D315 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
D316 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
D317 8-719-110-17 DIODE RD10ESB2
D320 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
CN600 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
D401 8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
D402 8-719-923-60 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
— 67 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

A
D412 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX IC400 6-703-191-01 IC NJW1135AGK1-TE2

D413 8-719-921-63 DIODE MTZJ-7.5B (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D415 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 IC400 6-703-190-01 IC NJW1134AGK1-TE2
D501 8-719-109-89 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
D502 8-719-081-00 DIODE BY228/A52A/ IC405 6-701-105-01 IC NJM2750M-TE2
IC501 8-759-700-07 IC NJM2903M
! D503 8-719-081-00 DIODE BY228/A52A/
! IC561 8-759-980-58 IC TDA8172
D504 6-500-485-01 DIODE FR305G-EB
D505 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
! IC561 8-759-696-71 IC STV9379A
D506 8-719-908-03 DIODE GP08D
D507 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
IC6008 6-701-752-01 IC NJM2930F05B
D508 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
JACK
D510 8-719-081-93 DIODE 1N4937/23
D511 8-719-970-87 DIODE ERA38-06 J201 1-794-119-11 TERMINAL BLOCK, S 4P
D512 8-719-970-87 DIODE ERA38-06 J203 1-794-118-11 JACK BLOCK, PIN 3P
D513 8-719-110-41 DIODE RD15ESB2 * J205 1-817-461-11 PIN JACK BLOCK 5P
* J206 1-817-461-11 PIN JACK BLOCK 5P
! D515 8-719-075-41 DIODE PR1004GT J207 1-794-116-11 JACK BLOCK, PIN 2P
D516 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D518 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 CHIP CONDUCTOR
! D519 8-719-302-43 DIODE EL1Z
D520 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77 JR2 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
JR4 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D521 8-719-921-63 DIODE MTZJ-7.5B JR9 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D523 8-719-109-69 DIODE RD3.6ESB2 JR12 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D524 8-719-109-97 DIODE RD6.8ESB2
! D530 6-500-531-01 DIODE P6154R JR13 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
JR14 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D531 6-500-531-01 DIODE P6154R JR15 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D534 8-719-074-25 DIODE PG104R JR205 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D535 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX JR206 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D536 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
D561 8-719-075-33 DIODE 1N4003GA JR301 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
JR304 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
FERRITE BEAD JR305 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
FB501 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH JR306 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

FB504 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
JR311 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
IC
JR312 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
IC001 6-803-010-01 IC M306V5ME-110SP
JR313 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
IC002 6-701-929-01 IC BD4743G-TR
JR326 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
IC003 8-759-641-86 IC BR24C16F-E2
JR330 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
IC301 8-752-100-49 IC CXA2154AS
JR331 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
IC303 8-759-443-11 IC NJM2283M-TE1
— 68 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

A
JR333 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP Q004 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q

JR337 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP Q010 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
JR410 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)



Q403 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
COIL Q407 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
L001 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH
L002 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH
Q501 8-729-140-50 TRANSISTOR 2SC3209LK
L003 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10µH ! Q502 6-550-107-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2645-YB
L004 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH
Q507 8-729-043-95 TRANSISTOR 2SC3840(3)
L009 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH ! Q511 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
! Q512 8-729-809-29 TRANSISTOR 2SC4159-E
L010 1-414-182-11 INDUCTOR 6.8µH
L300 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH
L301 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH
Q531 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
L302 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10µH
Q532 6-550-362-01 TRANSISTOR KTA1279
L303 1-410-478-11 INDUCTOR 47µH
Q562 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
L304 1-410-470-11 INDUCTOR 10µH
L501 1-406-677-11 INDUCTOR 10MH
L502 1-412-552-81 INDUCTOR 2.2MH
L503 1-406-677-11 INDUCTOR 10MH
L504 1-406-677-11 INDUCTOR 10MH
RESISTOR
! L505 1-419-714-11 INDUCTOR 100UH R001 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) R002 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
! L505 1-406-978-11 INDUCTOR 150µH R003 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) R004 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
L511 1-409-955-11 INDUCTOR 8MH R005 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
L517 1-412-552-11 INDUCTOR 2.2MH
R006 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
TRANSISTOR R007 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R009 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R010 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R011 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
— 69 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A
R012 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R074 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R013 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W R075 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R015 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R016 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R076 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R017 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R077 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R078 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R018 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R080 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R019 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R085 1-215-924-00 METAL OXIDE 15K 5% 3W
R020 1-218-688-11 METAL CHIP 680 0.50% 1/10W
R021 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R086 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R022 1-218-688-11 METAL CHIP 680 0.50% 1/10W R087 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R089 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R024 1-218-688-11 METAL CHIP 680 0.50% 1/10W R099 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R025 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R027 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R101 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R029 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W R102 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R103 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R030 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R107 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R032 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R110 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R033 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W R111 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R034 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R113 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R114 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R035 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R038 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R039 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R050 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R120 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W
R051 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W R129 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R052 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R053 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R054 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R131 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R055 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R132 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R056 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R057 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R133 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R058 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R060 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
R134 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R135 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R061 1-249-437-11 CARBON 47K 5% 1/4W
R136 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R063 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R137 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R064 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R139 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R065 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R066 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R140 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W

R070 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R145 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R071 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R201 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R073 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
— 70 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
A
R202 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W R335 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R206 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W R336 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R337 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R209 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W (KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210 ONLY)
R217 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W (KV-36FS210 ONLY)
R218 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R340 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
R219 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R340 1-216-863-11 METAL CHIP 3.3M 5% 1/10W
R220 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R222 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R341 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W
R223 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R341 1-216-851-11 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W
R224 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R225 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R342 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R232 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R343 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R233 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R344 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R234 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R345 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R235 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R346 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R300 1-113-619-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10V
R347 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R301 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R348 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R302 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R349 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R303 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W
R350 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R306 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/10W
R351 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R308 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R352 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R309 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R357 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R313 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R359 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R315 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R368 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R316 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R369 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R317 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R370 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R319 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R372 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R320 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R374 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R321 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R376 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R322 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R378 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R323 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W
R379 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R325 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R380 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R328 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R381 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R329 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R382 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R384 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R330 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W
R386 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R331 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R387 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R332 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R388 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R333 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R334 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
— 71 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

A component identified by this symbol indicates that it
has been carefully factory-selected to satisfy regulations
regarding X-ray radiation. Should replacement be required,
A
replace only with the value originally used.
R389 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP R515 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R390 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W (KV-36FS210 ONLY)
R391 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W ! R516 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W
R393 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
! R516 1-216-828-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W
R394 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
(KV-32FS210 ONLY)
! R516 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R400 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) (KV-36FS210 ONLY)
R401 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W R517 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R402 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R405 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R520 1-215-907-11 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 3W
! R523 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R408 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
! R523 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W
R409 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R410 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
! R524 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R411 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R412 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
! R525 1-249-428-11 CARBON 8.2K 5% 1/4W
R526 1-216-377-11 METAL OXIDE 4.7 5% 2W
R413 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
R414 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R526 1-215-905-11 METAL OXIDE 10 5% 3W
R416 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R452 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W ! R528 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) R529 1-218-724-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.50% 1/10W
R453 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R530 1-218-718-11 METAL CHIP 12K 0.50% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R531 1-218-746-11 METAL CHIP 180K 0.50% 1/10W
R500 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
R501 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R531 1-218-734-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.50% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) R533 1-215-879-11 METAL OXIDE 47K 5% 1W
R502 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R534 1-218-720-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.50% 1/10W
R503 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W (KV-36FS210 ONLY)
R504 1-215-885-00 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 2W
R535 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/29FA21036FS210 ONLY)
R504 1-216-455-11 METAL OXIDE 560 5% 2W
R535 1-216-854-11 METAL CHIP 560K 5% 1/10W
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) (KV-32FS210 ONLY)
R505 1-249-433-11 CARBON 22K 5% 1/4W ! R536 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W
R506 1-215-861-00 METAL OXIDE 47 5% 1W ! R537 1-260-288-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/2W
R507 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W R538 1-247-887-00 CARBON 220K 5% 1/4W
R508 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W R541 1-215-922-11 METAL OXIDE 6.8K 5% 3W
R509 1-260-328-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/2W R542 1-216-486-00 METAL OXIDE 8.2K 5% 3W
! R510 1-215-908-00 METAL OXIDE 33 5% 3W R542 1-215-921-11 METAL OXIDE 4.7K 5% 3W
R512 1-215-910-00 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 3W (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R515 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) ! R543 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W
R515 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W ! R545 1-249-387-11 CARBON 3.3 5% 1/4W
(KV-32FS210 ONLY)
— 72 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

A
R546 1-215-457-00 METAL 33K 1% 1/4W R576 1-215-907-11 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 3W

(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
R546 1-215-453-00 METAL 22K 1% 1/4W R576 1-215-905-11 METAL OXIDE 10 5% 3W
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R547 1-215-457-00 METAL 33K 1% 1/4W R577 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R548 1-216-486-00 METAL OXIDE 8.2K 5% 3W
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) R578 1-214-798-21 METAL 1.8 1% 1/2W
R548 1-215-921-11 METAL OXIDE 4.7K 5% 3W R580 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) R583 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R584 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R549 1-215-437-00 METAL 4.7K 1% 1/4W R586 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
! R550 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W
R551 1-215-873-00 METAL OXIDE 4.7K 5% 1W R590 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
! R553 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W R591 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R554 1-215-876-00 METAL OXIDE 15K 5% 1W R592 1-216-363-00 METAL OXIDE 0.33 5% 2W
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) R593 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R554 1-215-894-11 METAL OXIDE 2.2K 5% 2W (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
(KV-32FS210 ONLY) R593 1-249-420-11 CARBON 1.8K 5% 1/4W
R555 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R594 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R556 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W
R557 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W R595 1-247-891-00 CARBON 330K 5% 1/4W
R558 1-218-720-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.50% 1/10W R596 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) R597 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R559 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R598 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R560 1-215-922-11 METAL OXIDE 6.8K 5% 3W R599 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R561 1-215-445-00 METAL 10K 1% 1/4W R907 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
! R563 1-214-798-21 METAL 1.8 1% 1/2W R908 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R564 1-247-895-91 CARBON 470K 5% 1/4W R909 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R565 1-215-889-00 METAL OXIDE 330 5% 2W R910 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R566 1-218-712-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R912 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R566 1-218-710-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.50% 1/10W
(KV-32FS210 ONLY) R915 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R566 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R916 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) R917 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R932 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
! R567 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W R934 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R568 1-218-712-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) R940 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R568 1-218-710-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.50% 1/10W R941 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
(KV-32FS210 ONLY) R942 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R568 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W R947 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) R953 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R569 1-215-445-00 METAL 10K 1% 1/4W
R570 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R6001 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R6003 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R572 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R6004 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R573 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
! R574 1-214-798-21 METAL 1.8 1% 1/2W
— 73 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

A HR HU
SWITCH RESISTOR
S501 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER R3001 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W

S502 1-572-707-11 SWITCH, LEVER R3014 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
TRANSFORMER SWITCH
T501 1-433-836-11 TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL DRIVE S3006 1-786-338-11 SWITCH, TACTILE

! T502 1-435-869-11 TRANFORMER, FERRITE (PMT)
HU
! T503 1-453-310-11 FBT ASSY, NX-4521//X4J4
! T503 1-453-338-31 FBT ASSY, NX-4600//X4J4
(KV-32FS210 ONLY) * A-1404-856-A HU (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED
! T503 1-453-338-21 FBT ASSY, NX-4600//X4C4
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) CAPACITOR
C2234 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47µF 5% 50V

! T504 1-433-533-12 TRANSFORMER, FERRITE (DFT)
! T505 1-433-850-11 TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL LINEAR C2235 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47µF 5% 50V
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) C2240 1-126-959-11 ELECT 0.47µF 20% 50V
! T505 1-435-098-21 TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL LINEAR
(KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) CONNECTOR

THERMISTOR * CN1003 1-564-511-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 8P
TH501 1-800-193-00 THERMISTOR
DIODE
TUNER D301 8-719-108-12 DIODE RD9.1EW
TU001 8-598-593-50 TUNER, FSS BTF-WA421 D2235 8-719-108-12 DIODE RD9.1EW
D2236 8-719-108-12 DIODE RD9.1EW
CRYSTAL
JACK
X001 1-795-572-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL
X301 1-567-505-11 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL J2231 1-794-048-11 JACK, PIN 3P
RESISTOR
HR
* A-1400-251-A HR (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED
R1001
R1002
1-249-425-11
1-249-420-11
CARBON
CARBON
4.7K
1.8K
5%
5%
1/4W
1/4W
R1003 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
R2008 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
CAPACITOR
R2009 1-249-420-11 CARBON 1.8K 5% 1/4W
C3001 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25V
R2010 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
CONNECTOR R2011 1-249-416-11 CARBON 820 5% 1/4W
R2235 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
* CN3001 1-564-521-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P R2236 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W
R2237 1-249-409-11 CARBON 220 5% 1/4W
DIODE
D3002 8-719-057-09 DIODE LNJ801LPDJA R2238 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W

R2240 1-247-804-11 CARBON 75 5% 1/4W
IC
IC3001 8-742-211-20 HYB IC SBX3071-71
— 74 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
HU HD P
SWITCH C3320 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V

S1007 1-762-816-11 SWITCH, TACTIL
S1008 1-762-816-11 SWITCH, TACTIL
S2001 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
HD
* A-1404-896-A HD BOARD, MOUNTED (SPACER BOARD)
*
P A-1404-846-A P (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
C3337
C3338
C3339
1-164-360-11
1-164-360-11
1-126-965-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.1µF
0.1µF
22µF 20%
16V
16V
50V
4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+) C3341 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
CAPACITOR C3343 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C3390 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25V
C100 1-126-968-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 50V C3391 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25V
C102 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C103 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V CONNECTOR
C104 1-126-967-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 50V
C106 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047µF 10% 50V * CN150 1-560-124-00 PLUG, CONNECTOR (2.5MM) 4P
C107 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V CN6600 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
C110 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047µF 10% 16V DIODE
C111 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
D103 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C3300 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10V
D104 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
D3301 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
D3304 8-719-109-72 DIODE RD3.9ESB2
C3303 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
IC
C3305 1-164-360-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 16V IC3301 6-701-754-01 IC M65665ASP
IC3390 8-759-701-59 IC NJM78M09FA
C3308 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C3312 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V CHIP CONDUCTOR
C3316 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V JR001 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
C3317 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V JR002 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
C3318 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V COIL

C3319 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V L150 1-414-857-11 INDUCTOR 100µH
L3300 1-414-267-21 INDUCTOR 10µH
— 75 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
P
L3301 1-410-682-31 INDUCTOR 470µH R3311 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
L3302 1-414-267-21 INDUCTOR 10µH R3312 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R3318 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
TRANSISTOR
R3319 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R3320 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R3321 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R3323 1-249-414-11 CARBON 560 5% 1/4W
R3324 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3327 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
Q3304 6-550-409-01 TRANSISTOR KSC2383-O
R3328 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3329 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R3330 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3331 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3335 1-215-908-00 METAL OXIDE 33 5% 3W
R3336 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R3343 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3346 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
RESISTOR
R3347 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R100 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R101 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R3348 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R103 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R3350 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R104 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R3351 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R105 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R3354 1-216-863-11 METAL CHIP 3.3M 5% 1/10W
R3359 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R106 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R107 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W R3360 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R108 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R3361 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R112 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R3362 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
R3364 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R114 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R117 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R3369 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

R3302 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R3390 1-216-395-00 METAL OXIDE 3.3 5% 3W
R3303 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3304 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W TUNER
R3305 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
TU150 8-598-594-30 TUNER, FSS BTF-FA421
R3306 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

CRYSTAL
R3307 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R3308 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W X3301 1-781-377-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL
R3309 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R3310 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
— 76 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
BD
BD
COIL
L305 1-410-470-11 INDUCTOR 10µH

* A-1404-880-A BD (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED L306 1-410-470-11 INDUCTOR 10µH
L307 1-410-470-11 INDUCTOR 10µH
CAPACITOR L310 1-410-470-11 INDUCTOR 10µH
C317 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15pF 5% 50V TRANSISTOR

C318 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V
C332 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15pF 5% 50V Q301 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
C373 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V Q302 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
C374 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V Q313 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
C375 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V Q350 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q
C378 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V RESISTOR
C379 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V R057 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R058 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
C380 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V R311 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
C381 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V R314 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
C382 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V R315 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
C383 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V
C384 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V R316 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
R317 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W
C385 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V R318 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
C388 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V R320 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R322 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
C396 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15pF 5% 50V R324 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
C6005 1-126-768-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 16V R325 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
FERRITE BEAD R326 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

FB301 1-412-911-11 FERRITE 0µH R327 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
FB302 1-414-234-22 FERRITE 0µH R350 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R351 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
FILTER R356 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
FL301 1-239-847-11 FILTER, LOW PASS R365 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/10W
FL302 1-239-847-11 FILTER, LOW PASS R367 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
FL303 1-239-847-11 FILTER, LOW PASS R946 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W
IC
IC302 6-701-597-01 IC TC90A69N
CHIP CONDUCTOR
JR301 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP

JR302 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
— 77 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

C
C
IC
IC701 8-759-803-42 IC LA6500-FA

* A-1405-168-A C (VAR) BOARD, BOARD IC702 8-759-562-43 IC TDA6108JF/N1B
(KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY) IC703 8-759-701-59 IC NJM78M09FA
* A-1405-182-A C (VAR) BOARD, BOARD
(KV-32FS210 ONLY) JACK
* A-1404-903-A C (VAR) BOARD, BOARD
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) ! J701 1-451-470-21 SOCKET, CRT
4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+) COIL
L701 1-410-482-31 INDUCTOR 100µH

CAPACITOR
C701 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V TRANSISTOR

C702 1-136-165-00 FILM 0.1µF 5% 50V
C703 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
C704 1-107-652-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 250V
C705 1-107-652-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 250V
RESISTOR
C706 1-137-528-11 MYLAR 0.1µF 10% 250V
C707 1-162-114-00 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 2KV R700 1-249-433-11 CARBON 22K 5% 1/4W
C708 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25V R701 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R704 1-249-422-11 CARBON 2.7K 5% 1/4W
C711 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001µF 10% 50V
C713 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V R705 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
R707 1-249-383-11 CARBON 1.5 5% 1/4W
CONNECTOR R708 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R709 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
CN702 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
R710 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
CN703 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
R711 1-260-328-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/2W
R712 1-260-328-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/2W
CN704 1-785-879-11 CONNECTOR, ONE TOUCH
R713 1-260-328-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/2W
R714 1-260-087-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W

R715 1-260-132-11 CARBON 560K 5% 1/2W
* CN707 1-508-879-11 BASE POST 4P
R716 1-260-123-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/2W
(KV-36FS210 ONLY)
R717 1-216-375-00 METAL OXIDE 3.3 5% 2W
DIODE
R718 1-216-373-11 METAL OXIDE 2.2 5% 2W
D701 8-719-901-83 DIODE 1SS83 R719 1-215-888-00 METAL OXIDE 220 5% 2W
D702 8-719-901-83 DIODE 1SS83 R720 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
D703 8-719-901-83 DIODE 1SS83
D704 8-719-074-25 DIODE PG104R R721 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R722 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R723 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R724 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R725 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
— 78 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

C V
R726 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W C911 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V
R727 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C912 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V
C913 1-102-074-00 CERAMIC 0.001µF 10% 50V
VARIABLE RESISTOR C914 1-130-491-00 MYLAR 0.047µF 5% 50V
C930 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 16V
! RV701 1-241-656-11 RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M
RV702 1-238-019-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 47K
C931 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 16V
V
CONNECTOR
* CN901 1-764-333-11 PIN, CONNECTOR(PCB)(V TYPE) 10P

* A-1404-878-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED * CN902 1-770-723-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 8P
* A-1404-901-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED DIODE
KV-32FS210 ONLY)
* A-1404-904-A V (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED D804 8-719-074-25 DIODE PG104R
(KV-36FS210 ONLY) D805 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
D806 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+) D807 8-719-210-21 DIODE 11EQS04
D808 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
CAPACITOR
D813 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
C802 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
D901 8-719-924-11 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-22
C803 1-137-378-11 MYLAR 0.22µF 5% 50V
D902 8-719-924-11 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-22
C804 1-137-378-11 MYLAR 0.22µF 5% 50V
D903 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
C805 1-131-985-21 FILM 0.033µF 5% 250V
D905 8-719-510-02 DIODE D1NS4
D906 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX

D907 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C810 1-130-495-00 MYLAR 0.1µF 5% 50V
D908 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C811 1-129-725-00 FILM 0.082µF 5% 400V
IC
C813 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 16V
IC801 6-701-598-01 IC UPC5023CS-184
C823 1-130-967-00 FILM 0.0027µF 5% 50V CHIP CONDUCTOR
C826 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100pF 5% 50V JR802 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
C862 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V JR803 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
C901 1-107-667-11 ELECT 2.2µF 20% 400V COIL

C902 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01µF 10% 200V
L801 1-406-989-21 INDUCTOR 10MH
C903 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 16V
L802 1-419-633-11 INDUCTOR 10MH
C904 1-130-471-00 MYLAR 0.001µF 5% 50V
L803 1-412-529-81 INDUCTOR 22µH
C905 1-107-364-11 MYLAR 0.01µF 10% 200V
L901 1-412-528-11 INDUCTOR 18µH
C906 1-130-471-00 MYLAR 0.001µF 5% 50V

TRANSISTOR
C907 1-107-963-11 ELECT 33µF 20% 250V
C908 1-126-935-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 16V Q805 6-550-106-01 TRANSISTOR KTB764
C909 1-104-999-11 MYLAR 0.1µF 5% 200V Q807 8-729-931-45 TRANSISTOR IRF614
C910 1-104-999-11 MYLAR 0.1µF 5% 200V Q808 6-550-106-01 TRANSISTOR KTB764
Q812 8-729-026-39 TRANSISTOR 2SA933AS-QT
Q901 8-729-053-87 TRANSISTOR KTC4370A
— 79 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
V
Q902 6-550-247-01 TRANSISTOR KTA1659A R837 1-218-714-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.50% 1/10W
Q903 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
Q904 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q R840 1-218-700-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.50% 1/10W
Q905 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX R841 1-218-708-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
Q906 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
R841 1-218-712-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
Q907 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 (KV-32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
Q908 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX R842 1-218-700-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.50% 1/10W
RESISTOR R855 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W

R856 1-218-704-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.50% 1/10W
R809 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R856 1-218-706-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.50% 1/10W
R809 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W
R857 1-218-724-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.50% 1/10W
R811 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
R814 1-215-862-11 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 1W
R857 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R815 1-215-862-11 METAL OXIDE 68 5% 1W
R860 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W
R817 1-218-732-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.50% 1/10W
R864 1-218-668-11 METAL CHIP 100 0.50% 1/10W
R817 1-218-728-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.50% 1/10W
R866 1-249-438-11 CARBON 56K 5% 1/4W
R870 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R876 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R818 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R890 1-218-736-11 METAL CHIP 68K 0.50% 1/10W
R819 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R820 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R890 1-218-712-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R820 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R893 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R821 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W
R901 1-249-405-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
R902 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
R821 1-218-714-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.50% 1/10W
R903 1-249-414-11 CARBON 560 5% 1/4W
R904 1-249-432-11 CARBON 18K 5% 1/4W
R822 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R905 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R824 1-218-740-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W
R906 1-249-432-11 CARBON 18K 5% 1/4W
R825 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R907 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4W
R826 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W
R908 1-249-414-11 CARBON 560 5% 1/4W
R827 1-218-708-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R909 1-260-316-51 CARBON 100 5% 1/2W
R828 1-218-728-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.50% 1/10W
R910 1-215-915-11 METAL OXIDE 470 5% 3W
R829 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W
R911 1-215-405-00 METAL 220 1% 1/4W
R833 1-218-710-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.50% 1/10W
R912 1-249-407-11 CARBON 150 5% 1/4W
R913 1-215-397-00 METAL 100 1% 1/4W
R833 1-218-712-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.50% 1/10W
R914 1-249-416-11 CARBON 820 5% 1/4W
R915 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R834 1-218-706-11 METAL CHIP 3.9K 0.50% 1/10W
R917 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
R918 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R834 1-218-700-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.50% 1/10W
R919 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W
R921 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
— 80 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

V GK
R922 1-249-397-11 CARBON 22 5% 1/4W C620 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
R923 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4W C621 1-117-894-11 ELECT 560µF 20% 250V
R930 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP ! C622 1-119-912-51 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 20% 125V
R931 1-249-421-11 CARBON 2.2K 5% 1/4W (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R932 1-218-696-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.50% 1/10W C624 1-107-636-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 160V
C629 1-117-894-11 ELECT 560µF 20% 250V
R933 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R935 1-249-405-11 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W C632 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
R938 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP C633 1-136-479-11 FILM 0.001µF 5% 100V
C634 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V
GK
C635 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
C637 1-136-165-00 FILM 0.1µF 5% 50V
* A-1404-879-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED C638 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210 ONLY) C640 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000µF 20% 25V
* A-1405-181-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED C642 1-126-969-11 ELECT 220µF 20% 50V
(KV-29FA210 LATIN NORTH ONLY) C643 1-136-165-00 FILM 0.1µF 5% 50V
* A-1405-184-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED C645 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V
(KV-29FA210 LATIN SOUTH ONLY)
* A-1404-905-A GK (VAR) BOARD, MOUNTED
C647 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V
(KV-36FS210 ONLY)
C648 1-164-143-11 CERAMIC 0.001µF 10% 1KV
C649 1-164-143-11 CERAMIC 0.001µF 10% 1KV
1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V
C650 1-100-120-51 ELECT 1000µF 20% 35V
* 4-374-846-11 COVER, CAPACITOR, CAP TYPE
C651 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000µF 20% 25V
4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+)

CAPACITOR
C653 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V
C501 1-165-529-11 MYLAR 0.22µF 10 275V C656 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250V
C600 1-117-703-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047µF 250V C658 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250V
(KV-29FA210 (S) ONLY) C665 1-126-942-61 ELECT 1000µF 20% 25V
! C601 1-165-529-11 MYLAR 0.22µF 10 275V
C602 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V C667 1-164-625-11 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 500V
! C603 1-165-529-11 MYLAR 0.22µF 10 275V (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C668 1-164-625-11 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 500V
C604 1-164-625-11 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 500V (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
! C607 1-119-911-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 125V C669 1-164-625-11 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 500V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) C670 1-164-625-11 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 500V
C608 1-119-912-51 CERAMIC 0.001µF 20% 125V C672 1-165-953-11 FILM 47000pF 3% 800V
C609 1-164-625-11 CERAMIC 680pF 10% 500V
C613 1-117-214-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 2KV C690 1-126-971-11 ELECT 470µF 20% 50V
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY) C1401 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22µF 20% 50V
C614 1-117-214-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 2KV (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY) C1403 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V
C615 1-117-214-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 2KV (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY) C1404 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22µF 10% 16V
C616 1-126-943-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 25V (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
C617 1-123-024-21 ELECT 33µF 160V C1405 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22µF 10% 16V
C618 1-126-943-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 25V (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
C619 1-117-214-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 2KV
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY)
— 81 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

GK
C1406 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V D615 8-719-062-40 DIODE D4SBL20µF3
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) D618 8-719-979-64 DIODE µF4005PKG23
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) D619 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C1407 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047µF 10% 50V D620 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) D621 6-500-181-01 DIODE MA6D50
C1408 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047µF 10% 50V D624 8-719-510-12 DIODE D10SC4M
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D625 8-719-510-02 DIODE D1NS4
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) D628 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C1412 1-104-656-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 6.3V D629 8-719-110-31 DIODE RD12ESB2
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) D631 6-500-175-01 DIODE 1E3-TB
C1413 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V D640 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C1420 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V D641 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C1450 1-100-120-51 ELECT 1000µF 20% 35V D645 6-500-175-01 DIODE 1E3-TB
C1451 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47µF 5% 50V D646 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
C1458 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V D647 6-500-175-01 DIODE 1E3-TB
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) D690 8-719-982-13 DIODE MTZJ-27
C1458 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V D1400 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
D1401 8-719-110-08 DIODE RD8.2ESB2
CONNECTOR D1402 1-247-807-31 CARBON 100 5% 1/4W
* CN503 1-573-963-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P

FUSE
* CN600 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
* CN602 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P ! F601 1-532-506-51 FUSE 6.3A 250V
CN603 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT) (KV-29FA210(S) ONLY)
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY) ! F601 1-576-193-11 FUSE 6.3A 125V
(KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
CN604 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)
(KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) FERRITE BEAD
CN1404 1-564-510-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P FB602 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) FB604 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
* CN1405 1-564-507-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 4P FB605 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
* CN1601 1-564-509-11 PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P FB606 1-410-396-41 FERRITE 0.45µH
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
DIODE FB607 1-410-396-41 FERRITE 0.45µH
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D501 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
D600 6-500-397-11 DIODE GBJ4J10B9 FB609 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
D601 8-719-511-40 DIODE S1VB40 FB610 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
D608 8-719-110-31 DIODE RD12ESB2 (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D611 8-719-062-40 DIODE D4SBL20µF3 FB611 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D612 8-719-068-00 DIODE ERC04-06SE FB614 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
(KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D613 8-719-068-00 DIODE ERC04-06SE FB616 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
(KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
D614 8-719-057-52 DIODE EZ0150AV1 FB617 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
FB650 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH
— 82 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

GK
FB651 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH Q608 8-729-922-37 TRANSISTOR 2SD2144S-UVW

FB652 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH Q690 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
FB653 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH Q691 8-729-026-39 TRANSISTOR 2SA933AS-QT
Q1401 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
IC Q1402 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
IC600 8-759-670-30 IC MCZ3001D

RESISTOR
IC601 8-749-012-13 IC DM-58
IC605 8-759-450-47 IC BA05T R534 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
IC609 6-702-873-01 IC NJM2396F09 R535 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
IC1401 6-704-065-01 IC TFA9844J R603 1-219-513-11 METAL 4.7M 5% 1/2W
IC1402 8-759-689-71 IC JM2188M-TE (KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) R604 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R606 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
CHIP CONDUCTOR
R607 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
JR6 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R608 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
JR10 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R609 1-205-998-11 CEMENTED 1 5% 10W
JR1401 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
R610 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R611 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
JR1402 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R612 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W
R613 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
COIL
R614 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
! L505 1-412-529-81 INDUCTOR 22µH ! R615 1-202-933-61 FUSIBLE 0.1 10% 1/2W
L604 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10µH R616 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W
L605 1-412-519-11 INDUCTOR 3.3µH
L606 1-412-519-11 INDUCTOR 3.3µH R617 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R618 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
L607 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10µH R619 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) R620 1-215-857-71 METAL OXIDE 10 5% 1W
L608 1-412-529-81 INDUCTOR 22µH R623 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W
L1400 1-410-470-11 INDUCTOR 10µH (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R625 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
PHOTO COUPLER R626 1-218-869-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.50% 1/10W
R628 1-260-131-11 CARBON 470K 5% 1/2W
! PH602 8-749-924-35 PHOTO COUPLER ON3171-R R629 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
R630 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4W
IC LINK
R631 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.50% 1/10W
PS601 1-576-337-21 IC LINK 2.7A 50V
R632 1-218-823-11 METAL CHIP 100 0.50% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R640 1-249-417-11 CARBON 1K 5% 1/4W
PS1401 1-576-337-21 IC LINK 2.7A 50V
R647 1-211-992-11 METAL CHIP 91 0.50% 1/10W
R650 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W
TRANSISTOR
Q509 8-729-423-33 TRANSISTOR 2SC3311A-QRSTA R651 1-249-441-11 CARBON 100K 5% 1/4W

Q600 8-729-052-32 TRANSISTOR IRFIB7N50A-LF31 R658 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
Q601 8-729-052-32 TRANSISTOR IRFIB7N50A-LF31 R659 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W
Q605 8-729-140-96 TRANSISTOR 2SD774-34 R660 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
Q606 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q R667 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
— 83 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210

GK TK
R668 1-249-413-11 CARBON 470 5% 1/4W RELAY

R670 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
RY501 1-755-198-11 RELAY, AC POWER
R671 1-243-979-71 METAL OXIDE 0.1 5% 2W
! RY600 1-755-395-11 RELAY, AC POWER
R672 1-243-979-71 METAL OXIDE 0.1 5% 2W
! R674 1-220-926-11 FUSIBLE 0.47 10% 1/2W
TRANSFORMER
R687 1-205-998-11 CEMENTED 1 5% 10W ! T601 1-435-617-11 TRANSFORMER, LINE FILTER
R688 1-205-998-11 CEMENTED 1 5% 10W ! T603 1-439-854-11 TRANSFORMER, STANDBY
R691 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (KV-29FA210(S) ONLY)
R692 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W ! T603 1-437-783-11 TRANSFORMER, STANDBY
R694 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W (KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
! T604 1-437-606-12 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER
R698 1-249-377-11 CARBON 0.47 5% 1/4W (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R699 1-218-265-11 METAL CHIP 8.2M 5% 1W ! T604 1-437-607-12 CONVERTER TRANSFORMER
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY) (KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R1401 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W
R1403 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP THERMISTOR
R1404 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R1405 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W THP501 1-803-540-11 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
(KV-29FA210(S) ONLY)
R1406 1-218-692-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.50% 1/10W THP501 1-803-970-11 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE
R1408 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W (KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R1410 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) VARISTOR
R1411 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W ! VDR600 1-803-967-11 VARISTOR
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) (KV-29FA210(S) ONLY)
R1412 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/10W ! VDR600 1-810-974-21 VARISTOR
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) (KV-27FS210/29FA210(N)/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R1413 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R1414
R1415
1-216-846-11
1-216-842-11
METAL CHIP
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
METAL CHIP
120K
56K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W *
TK A-1404-953-A TK (COM) BOARD, MOUNTED
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) (KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R1416 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W 4-382-854-11 SCREW (M3X10), P, SW (+)
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R1450 1-249-429-11 CARBON 10K 5% 1/4W CAPACITOR
R1457 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W
R1458 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.50% 1/10W C2407 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V
C2411 1-126-965-91 ELECT 22µF 20% 50V
R1461 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W C2412 1-137-194-81 FILM 0.47µF 5% 50V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) C2413 1-100-120-51 ELECT 1000µF 20% 35V
R1461 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.50% 1/10W C2414 1-126-963-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY)
R1462 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.50% 1/10W C2420 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V
(KV-29FA210 ONLY) C2421 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V
R1462 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.50% 1/10W C2423 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047µF 10% 16V
(KV-27FS210/32FS210/36FS210 ONLY) C2424 1-162-969-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0068µF 10% 25V
R1488 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C2425 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V
— 84 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
TK
C2426 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100pF 5% 50V R2440 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
C2427 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 35V R2441 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
C2428 1-126-943-11 ELECT 2200µF 20% 25V R2443 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
C2430 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50V R2444 1-215-863-11 METAL OXIDE 100 5% 1W
R2488 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
CONNECTOR
ACCESSORIES AND PACKING
* 4-041-259-05 BAG, PROTECTION
DIODE (KV-27FS210/29FA210 ONLY)
D2400 8-719-991-33 DIODE 1SS133T-77
(KV-32FS210)
IC
(KV-36FS210)
IC2401 6-704-065-01 IC TFA9844J
IC2402 8-759-100-96 IC UPC4558G2 * 4-086-349-04 CARTON, HSC
(KV-36FS210)
JACK * 4-087-224-02 CARTON, INDIVIDUAL
(KV-27FS210)
* J2400 1-817-528-11 PIN JACK BLOCK 2P * 4-094-286-01 CARTON, INDIVIDUAL
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
IC LINK * 4-085-910-11 CARTON, INDIVIDUAL
(KV-32FS210)
PS2401 1-576-337-21 IC LINK 2.7A 50V
* 4-085-911-03 CUSHION, FRONT (UPPER)

TRANSISTOR
(KV-32FS210)
Q2400 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 * 4-086-352-01 CUSHION, FRONT (UPPER)
Q2401 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 (KV-36FS210)
RESISTOR * 4-087-223-01 CUSHION, LOWER

(KV-27FS210)
R2409 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
* 4-094-288-01 CUSHION, LOWER
R2420 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R2421 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R2422 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(KV-32FS210)
R2423 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
(KV-36FS210)
R2424 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R2425 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
* 4-085-912-02 CUSHION, REAR (UPPER)
R2426 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(KV-32FS210)
R2427 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
* 4-086-353-02 CUSHION, REAR (UPPER)
R2428 1-249-425-11 CARBON 4.7K 5% 1/4W
(KV-36FS210)
R2429 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

* 4-087-222-01 CUSHION, UPPER
R2430 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.50% 1/10W
(KV-27FS210)
R2431 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.50% 1/10W
* 4-094-287-01 CUSHION, UPPER
R2432 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
R2434 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.50% 1/10W
4-093-139-11 INSERT, DOOR BREAKAGE (L)
— 85 —
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
4-094-034-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(ALL EXCEPT KV-29FA210)
(KV-27FS210/32FS210 CND ONLY)
(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
* 4-041-423-01 SHEET, PROTECTION

(KV-36FS210 ONLY)
REMOTE COMMANDER
1-476-680-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-Y180)

(KV-29FA210 ONLY)
1-476-681-12 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-Y181)
(ALL EXCEPT KV-29FA210)
4-978-977-11 BATTERY COVER (FOR RM-Y180/Y181)
Sony Corporation English

Sony Technology Center 2003EJ74WEB-1
Technical Services Printed in USA
9-965-941-03 Service Promotion Department © 2003.5
— 86 —
5-4. SCHEMATICS AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION
A BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15
A
STEREO
TUNER V3 D306
R209
100k
C203
0.1
R208
220
VIDEO3 MTZJ-T-77-9.1B R391 :CHIP 1/4W
C366 0.47 10V :CHIP
75 :CHIP
:CHIP D201
C206 R219
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
220
— R217 0.1
DET OUT2
TU001 C367 0.47 10V R207
AFT OUT
DET OUT
SAP IND
100k :CHIP 1/16W R390
RF AGC
ST IND
F MONO
100k
R OUT
L OUT
:CHIP :CHIP 75
MODE
MUTE
:CHIP
30V
SCL
SDA
VIF
GND
C200 C202 R210
9V
5V
AS
9V
NC
NC
D307 R909
0.1 D209 0.1 220
R393 MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 1k 1/4W :CHIP
C1
CN600 16V MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 16V R388
75 D200
VIDEO
TP100 :CHIP MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 1k :CHIP
R218
C207 R220
6.3V C051 R202 100k
R108 R107 C201 0.1 220 MONITOR
SET 5V
47 L003 220 :CHIP R910
L004 100 100 0.1 :CHIP R912 R907
1/4W :CHIP R394 C372
D305 10k
B 9V
9V
TP602
C050
470
:CHIP C049
10
RF-AGC
R087
22k R099
100
16V
R206
220
1/4W
:CHIP
AUDIO L
D210
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
MTZJ-T-77-9-1B
75
:CHIP
1k
1/4W
:CHIP
Q319
:CHIP
Q317
2SD601A-QRS-TX
10k 0.01
:CHIP
R908
:CHIP
1/10W 2SD601A-QRS-TX BUFFER

1/10W :CHIP 4.7k
D009 :CHIP BUFFER
:CHIP C368 0.47 10V 1/10W
TO HU MTZJ-T-77-30D
Q002
TO CN1003 2SD601A
16V
C055 BUFFER
100 C052
0.47
— CN004 4700p L
0.033
680pF
3300p
1.0
9V
1.0
4.7
:CHIP
8P JW901
2.2
L009
C410
R098
C402
C414
C420
1.0
C416
*
C418
C422 D102
C404
C406
C408
1k R942
C412
2200 MTZJ-T-77-5.1B
FRONT-L 1 1/10W
R400
16V R303 47k
*
560 :CHIP
FRONT-R 2 1/10W R002 Q305
C053 R387
220 C327 2SB709A
2200000p 1 :CHIP 0 :CHIP
GND 3 6.3V
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 1/4W 0 R340 IK-BUFFER
C C2
C054 F R302 :CHIP *
V+
4.7
TONE-LB
CRS
CTL
VREF
4
CTH
CBS
C400
LINEB
OUT-B
MONB
R336
BBE1B
IN3B
IN5B
R086 470
TONE-HB
BBE2B
IN1B
IN2B
IN4B
IN6B
R342 33k
SRSFIL2
C057 * C325 47p 100
33k 1/10W R343
GND C056 C417 D303 R335
5 R085 :CHIP :CHIP 10k R339 * 1/10W
1000p MTZJ-T-77-9.1B R337 1k
15k
VIDEO-2 6 :CHIP 1k :CHIP
5V 3W R089 C426
C364 1/4W
IK
C300 C326
TONE-HA
OUT-A
4.7k
LINEA
TONE-LA
GND 47p Q306 :CHIP
SRS/SS
7 TP603
BBE1A
1/16W JW 0.033
GND
BBE2A
AGC
SDA
SCL
IN5A
MONA
CVA
IN3A
IN4A
IN6A
IN1A
2SD601A-QRS-TX
CVB
IN2A
5.0MM R341 25V
Y2 8 *
— CN003
TP102
DET OUT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
IC400
* Q300
R301
100
:CHIP
R344
470k
VIDEO
AUDIO PROCESSOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX
6P LED TMR 1 Q005 C401
R386 R345
BUFFER
2SD601A AUDIO R *
100k 100k R346
R347 R348
R403
C032
100
PWR LED C403 R350
680pF
100k
C411
0.33
2 AGC
C407
C409
0.47
C413
C415
R401
TO HR BOARD
1.0
1.0
100
C427 2.2k C320
16V
10 3300p 2.2k 2.2k
:CHIP
:CHIP :CHIP 0.47
CN003 GND 3 :CHIP
C405
50V
0.033
STBY 4 R
1k
D SIRCS 5
C031 R300 0.47 10V
R329
* C321
R328
10k
100
220p R352 R349
2SB709A-QRS-TX
R334
1/10W 47 :CHIP
:CHIP 0 0 R351
POWER C322 25V
BUFFER
6
100
0
Q307
:CHIP :CHIP
0.1
R333
R053 :CHIP R331
COMB-Y
1k :CHIP 10k 16V
C319
R052 100k
R332
MENU 1 1/16W B 0.1
C030
:CHIP 16V
Q001 0.047 D111
TO HU BOARD KEY 2 R051 R048 Q308 B
2SB709A MTZJ-T-77-6.2B Q309
1M 4.7k 2SB709A
H-SYNC-SEP
— CN1001 GND 3 :CHIP

C122
0.1 C029
BUFFER 2SB709A
BUFFER
CN006 16V 1
R050
3P 10k
:CHIP
L002
J207
:CHIP
:CHIP
2P
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
FOR JIGS D010 L001
E CN007
MTZJ-T-77-6.2C
1/4W
REG
R010
24p
VM-OUT
1k
H-VD
I-REF
24p
CHIP
COMBY-IN
Y-CLAMP
470
VDN
PIP-OUT
16V
MTZJ-T-77-6.2B
L010
VDP
HVCC
EW
HGND
CHIP
4P 220
:CHIP
CHIP
C017 2200p C002
X001
CHIP
C062 1 25V R140
:CHIP
1/4W
6.8k
C330
1/4W
R005
D112
220 220p
C015
100
D004 R018 220
C014
10
0.1
R003
C004
0 CHIP
C016
220
B-CLK :CHIP
220p
4 MTZJ-T-77-5.1C 47 25V R004 11 10
0.001
470
0.001
560p
10p
220p
220p
470p
1M
470
R017 220 16V 12
R013
1
R016
10p
R113
1k
B-DAT 3
C003
CHIP R001 9
R015
HP/PROTECT
220
C007
10k
C008
R019 4.7k R021 4.7k 16 15 14
C121
IC301
R006
B-INT
R120
R009
C005
2
C060
C018
C001
1/4W
C009
C006
13
C120
R023 4.7k 1/4W CXA2154AS
AFC-FIL
:CHIP
YS2/YM
Y/C JUNGLE
GND 1
IK-IN
B-OUT
R-OUT
R039
G-OUT
B-IN
G-IN
R-IN
VCC1
4.7k 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R222 C208 R223
HD
I-VHOLD
100k 220
I-HPULSE
0.1
I-RESET
0-IRHP1
I-CVIN
I-VPULSE
I-SIRCS
I_0SC
I_XIN
0_XOUT
CNVSS
P62/RXD0
P63/TXD0
IO-BDAT
0_YS
IO-SDAT
I_IRHP2
0_OSC
I-HLF
O-B
O-G
IO-BCLKN
0_NVM_WP
:CHIP
:CHIP
IO-SCLKN
:CHIP
O-NS
:CHIP
O-R
O_YM
GND
AVCC
VCC
VSS
B
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
IC001
1 50V
D212
B
25V
25V
:CHIP
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B M306V5ME-110SP
100
100
100
100
B
MTZJ-T-77-5.1C
UPROCESSOR
25V
F
I-HSYNC_MAIN
R586 C358
I-HSYNC-SUB
25V
25V
0_TIMER_LED
O-IRHP_MUTE
0_M_PWR-LED
2.2k R381 1k 0.01
0.01
0.01
R224
0_TRV_SURR
O-SUBTMUT
C209
C357
R111
O-AGCMUTE
R380
R376
O-3DRESET
R378
I_9VCHECK
I-AFT-SUB
0.1
100
0_IRHP3
Q402 R130 2
0-ANTSW_0
220
0_MON_SW
0.1 C359
47
O-YUV-SW
O-ANTSW1
O-RELAY
*
0.01
O-MMUTE
I-POWERN
2SD601A-QRS-TX :CHIP 330p
0_AMUTE
I-MENU
R382
O-MONO
0_HTRP
O-TMUTE
I-KEY
I-BINT
C355
C354
I-ZERO
50V
I-OCP
MUTE
O-SAP
I-AFT
O-DGC
6.8k
C353
R379
I-SAP
C352
R225 D211
B
100k MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
C356
R408 :CHIP C360
D304
2.2k 1
5V
L303
— R405
2.2k
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
:CHIP
:CHIP
:CHIP
L304
1/16W
C133 R077
:CHIP
1/4W
:CHIP
R129 C026 220p R073 R941
100
C037
R007 220p :CHIP D113
* R139 C034 4.7k 100
C111
R025
R145 10k R075 C044
C419 MTZJ-T-77-5.1C * 0.001 * 1/4W 1/4W
220p
0.001
220p
47
220
R033 220 220p
220
* R032 :CHIP
0.001
220
1k R066 R134 :CHIP
C027 220 JR415
R416 1/4W C028 C035 10k 220
0.001 1/4W R131 R064 0
R070
R060
C038
4.7k :CHIP 1000p * * 1/16W
:CHIP 220 R074 D320 *
C036
C041 D110
R136 :CHIP R056 1/4W 1k
G 1SS133T-77
C039
4.7k 220p
220 1/4W
1/4W :CHIP Q004 R384
1/4W R409
G
2SD601A 39k SDAT
IK
R027 220 :CHIP R029 150
B
SW :CHIP
Q403 220 R133
SCL
1/4W 47k
2SD601A-QRS-TX R071
D005 47k 1/10W R054 1k 1/4W :CHIP
MUTE
MTZJ-T-77-10B
R135 D415
R102 4.7k :CHIP 1SS133T-77
R137 R038 220 C020 R011
R061
— R030
R103
R101 4.7k :CHIP
R055
47k
4.7k
47k
1/4W
1k
1/4W
C033
1
25V
R132
* R065
47k
C043
220p
:CHIP
R076
47k
R114
220p
:CHIP
1k
:CHIP
4.7k :CHIP R024

47k * D008
:CHIP
1/4W D007 680
R037 MA111-TX
MA111-TX :CHIP
R022
4.7k
R012
680
3.3k
:CHIP
R020
H 680
:CHIP L503
10mmH
4 2 :HCC
C212 4.7
R235 220 :CHIP T505
3 *
R232
C518
470k 5 1
D219 0.068
:CHIP R034
MTZJ-T-77-9.1B 200V
R078 D002 220 R035
— NC VCC
47k MTZJ-T-77-6.2C :CHIP 220
:CHIP S50
1
R234 1 10
C213 GND
2
220 D101
4.7 D100
J206 :CHIP GND RESET MTZJ-T-77-9.1B MTZJ-T-77-9.1B
8 7 6 5
3
R233
5P
470k D218 R031
C048 9
1/16W MTZJ-T-77-9.1B IC002 * R511
WP
1000p
CLK
DAT
BD4743G-TR 7.5MM
TBY-5V
RESET :CHIP
C046
I C101 10
C045
10
3 8
KV-27FS210/29FA210/32FS210/36FS210
15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23
A BOARD WAVEFORMS
9V 9V
1 2 3 4
R453 C453
* *
R452 C452
* *
2.14V p-p (H) 4.5V p-p (H) 1.2V p-p (H) 0.7V p-p (H)
5 6 7 8
0.9V p-p (H) 4.7V p-p (V) 2.2V p-p (H) 1.2V p-p (H)
L300
R335 L301
1k
:CHIP
9 10 11 12
VIDEO
C TO-P-BOARD
Q304 TO-CN3302
2SD601A
MONOUT
VM OUT CN3300
*
R308 1 14 V
ABL C302
10k
C320 4.7
Y 2 SYNC-SUB
0.47 50V
50V
3
GND 1.8V p-p (H) 1.2V p-p (V) 1.2V p-p (V) 6.6V p-p (H)
R328 4
SUB-MUTE
10k
:CHIP R325 5
13 14 15 16
:CHIP
SUB_AUDIOL
100
C309 D314
1/4W
RD9.1EW-T1
6
0.1
COMB-Y
25V
C319
25V
0.1
0.1 R306 7
B AFT
16V 68k
47
R201 C303
B R338 :CHIP 8
C313
0 0.1
100 C065
C311
R320
25V 9
0 0.47 GND
10 DAT
R940 R389
COMB-C 100 0 R322 11
VIDEO
1/4W 4.7k CLK

:CHIP
R321
100
12 5V 5.9V p-p (H) 3.9V p-p (H) 3.0V p-p (H) 3.3V p-p (H)
13 30V
2 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
COMB Y
R357
14 SUB-DET-OUT
Q303
0
17 18 19 20
CVBS2-IN
SGND
VBSS-IN
TC2
COMBY-IN
Y-CLAMP
COMBC-IN
CVBS3=IN
CVBS4IN
ABL-IN
APED
TC1
C1-IN
CVBS1-IN
MONOUT
15
C-OUT
Y2-IN
SVCC
GND1
C2-IN
GND
Y1-IN
VT1M
2SD601A-Q
R330
R110
330
100
Q010
1/4W
2SB709A-QRS-TX
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 R323
:CHIP
BUFFER
560 R319
PIPCR-IN
PIPCB-IN
DVDCB-IN
DVDCR-IN
100
PIPY-IN
DVDY-IN
FSC-OUT
ABL-FIL
APC-FIL
YUV-SW
R-IN
VCC1
VCC2
SSCP
YOUT
GND2
XTAL
SCL
YIN
SDA
NC
NC
2.6V p-p (H) 212.5V p-p (H) 48.1V p-p (H) 1169mV p-p (H)
:CHIP
R947
4 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
0 :CHIP
0.1 16V B
25V F:CHIP
10k
25V
21 22 23 24
100
100
C333
*
25V
R372
25V
C337 4.7
C348
R374
0.01
0
B
50V
C349
470p R370
C350
C345
R111
R369
* R368 0 :CHIP
100
47
16V
SCP
47
16V
C393
C343
C339
*
9V
C338
C346 X301
C354
0.47
C347
C341
C352
0.47
*
*
0.1
0.1
10V
C351
L302
C335 C304
L303 C340 18p *
C344 1000
0.01 16V
CHIP
DVD CV 28.2V p-p (V) 52.8V p-p (V) 0.5V p-p (V) 52.8V p-p (V)
PIP CR
PIP CB
PIP Y
TO-P-BOARD
TO-CN3303
25
DVD CR CN3301
DVD Y *
1 DVD-Y
2 GND
3 DVD-B-Y
4 GND
5 DVD-R-Y
281.5V p-p (H)
6 VIDEO
JW392
* 7 MAIN HP
-15V 8 MAIN VP
R536 9 GND
L503 TP99
0.47
10mmH L501 1/2W 10 P-B-Y
:HCC 10mmH D530
:HCC P6154R 11 P-R-Y
C518 R576
R541 12 P-Y
C537 C R560 6.8k C551
0.068 * 1 HV
200V 470 R1507 6.8k 3W 0.47 13 PYS
25V 5.0MM 3W 160V
14 ANTSW-1
S501
200V 4 3 15 GND
C542 C550
4 2
R309
* *
0
R512
:CHIP
68 6 1
R511
7.5MM 3W R548
:RS B+ R542 8.2k
T504
2 * 3W
DFT
T503
470k D218 R031
C048 9
1/16W MTZJ-T-77-9.1B IC002 * R511
WP
1000p
CLK
DAT
BD4743G-TR 7.5MM
STBY-5V
RESET :CHIP
C046
I C101
1000p
:CHIP
C047
470
10
25V
IC003
C045
10
H-PULSE D507
1SS133T-77
3 8
SDA
BR24C16F-E2 1 2 3 4
R504 R505
4 7
D309 *
C307 D501
R932 RD10ES-T1B2 MEMORY C501
22k
MTZJ-T-77-5.6C
75 220p R508
C308
T501 4.7k
R953
JW067 :HDT
75 D310 C508 T502
C310 HDRIVE R5
— R934
75
RD10ES-T1B2
D311
Q590
2SD601A
HP PROT C502
1 4
470p
C507
20
:PMT
2
3
:R
J205 RD10ES-T1B2 YUY SW 5 680p
0.47 C506 19
5P :CHIP R6003 Q6000 2kV C509 D
0.047
10k 2SD601A-QRS-TX
3 6 B 680p D503 GP08D
R317 C315 1/10W ZERO-DET R501 D502
2kV C511
75 :CHIP * Q501 R507 * BY228 BY288 C1501
R509
B 1.0k
R6001 R590 2SC3209LK-TP
R513 47 * GP08
:FPRD
8
100 H DRIVE 12.5MM C527
10k R359 C554
J R057 1/16W 680p

*
10
10k FB501
7
R503 C505 2kV
R058 100k 1/10W Q502 1.1UH C517
IC303 4.7k 470p B
100k :CHIP
11
D317 2SD2645-YB C514 2.2
6
NJM2283 D006 C6003 C510
RD10ES-T1B2 :CHIP C513 250V
YUV SW MTZJ-T-77-10B R591 R502 H OUT FB505 0.01 *
1 R6004 *
R6002
12
5
1k 4.7k C504 1.1UH 100V
:CHIP 10k 1k C515
C373 1/4W 470p R526 :PT D504
PIN 0.001
13
C374 18 *
4
100 D590 C503 17 FR305G-EB
0.1 470p
25V 1SS133T-77
14
16V
3
:CHIP
C553 *
15
2
+12V
16
C314
1
R316
FB503
75 L511 1.1UH IC561
R545 R506
D316 3.3 47 :RS 8mmH 21 * 22
AF C-P
RD10ES-T1B2 :FPRD VOUT
DRIVE-
C520 D515 R561
VCC+
C522 10k
VCC-
2200p PR1004GT
REF
OUT
C312 1.0 500V
JW501 PIN-OUT
C423 R414
J203 0.1 220 R410
C519 1 2 3 4 5
:CHIP
3P 220 R517
R404 220p
1.0k C565
500V C525 C526
470k 220
C421 220p 22
R519 470 Q512 R534 R566 R565
*
R402 0.1 250V
D315 R524 * * 330
D402 470k D401 2SC4159-E
*
C521
R515
RD10ES-T1B2 Q511 10k :CHIP 2W
MTZJ-T-77-9.1A MTZJ-T-77-9.1A PIN OUT
0.001 :RS
2SC2412K-T-146 FB502 C568
R535
R518
— R315
75
10k
:CHIP
PIN DRIVE 1.1UH
R523 R559 L561

C561
47
0.22
:MPS
R516 C528 * R574 47 5.0mm R567

D536 D535
* 0.0022 D516
0 MA111-TX 1.8 :CHIP 2.2
TP89 :CHIP 1SS133T-77 C564
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 :FPRD
CLAMP 1.0
YU1L
IN4R
IN4L
YU1R
S2
YU2L
YU2R
S1
IC405 E/W DRIVE
R525 D518
TH501
R563
NJM2750M R528 8.2k
+B
C530 1SS133T-77 1.8
C534 8 7 6 5 JW504
YUV AUDIO SW
L 0.0022 22k CLAMP
L-OUT
R-OUT
47
IN3R
VRET
:PT :CHIP
IN3L
C529
GND
VCC+
R411 22 25V
NC
V+
470
SW 1/10W R533
9V
47k
3 4 R412 D412 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 :RS
VCC-
IC501 D523
1k MA111-TX C571 D524
1 2 D413 NJM2903M-TE2 1000 25V
MTZJ-T-77-3.6B
MTZJ-T-77-6.8B
MTZJ-T-77-7.5B C424 PIN-CONTROL 1 2 3 4 R577
— R413
Q407
2SD601A-QRS-TX
SW
10
R529 22k 1/16W

H.PRT
:CHIP
TP85
C572
1000
1k
1/16W
:CHIP
D519
EL1Z
Q562
2SC2412K-T-146 R573
25V
V 10k JR2 I-PROT 100k
0 :CHIP R570
C531 :CHIP
100k
J201
4P D522 R531 R530 22 :CHIP
* 12k Q561
L 1SS133T-77
:CHIP 1/16W 2SD601A C563
C532 22 R571 R572
:CHIP NECK-PROT 22k 220 22k
M TO V BOARD
R
D520
1SS133T-77
D521
MTZJ-T-77-7.5X
:CHIP 25V :CHIP
CN901 R592 0.33

R080
CN502 R532
4.7k
R593 *
:CHIP
10P 120 Q110 Q003
:CHIP * 2SD601A
OCP C590
C365 R595
— B+
NC
1
2
100p
500V
B
CN410
R118
*
JW
R063
4.7k
:CHIP
R599
2.2k
:CHIP
330k
10
25V
D580
1SS133T
Q320 Q531
2SB709A
TRV 4 R R630
2SB709A-QRS-TX
R594
GND 3 R915 7.5MM 10k
C6001 R916 BUFFER TO GK BOARD AUDIO-R 3 OCP LATCH
Q500 1.5k
330 L D508 R117 R597
GND 4 2SD601A 25V
0
1SS133T-77 *
SW CN1405 AUDIO-L 2 0
9V 5 I O
G 1 R500 220
N 9V
VM
6
7
C102 IC6008
C6002
47
25V
GND
C6005
2200 Q530 R598 R596 Q532
2SA10910-TP
R564
470k
R917 16V R578 6.8k 100k

R583 1000p NJM2930F05 2SD601A-QRS-TX
100 :CHIP OCP LATCH
:CHIP 5V REG 1.8 OCP LATCH
8 10k
HP C535
0.1
VD+ 9
16V
R584
DF-HDRV 10 4.7k
— G
H-TRAP 8
R
NS-MUTE 7 9V
N/S 6
G 5 SET 5V
B 4 B
O R 3
GND 2
I-K 1
CN303
— 8P
TO C BOARD
1
CN705
CN505
ZERO-DET
TO-GKBOARD
MUTE
14V
5V
7.5STBY
GND
GND
NC
B+
RELAY
9V
7P
DGC
GND
TO-CN601
P CN504
6P
TO-GKBOARD
TO-CN602
—32—
:CHIP
68 6 1
R511
7.5MM 3W R548
:RS B+ R542 8.2k
T504
2 * 3W
DFT
T503
S502 *
C512
R554
* L504
*
10mmH
+12V C552
6 220p
D510
R520 TP98 500V
FV 1N4937/23
22
V.DRIVE
3W H 5 DF R555 D512
:RS C539 C544
D531 13 100k ERA38-06
470mF R537 0.022
D505 25V P6154R 0.47
1/4W
630V
GP08DPKG23 1/2W
SV R556
D506 100k D511
C541
GP08DPKG23 22
1/4W ERA38-06
C540
R538 100V Q507
R546 100 C573
220k R557
* 160V 2SC3840(3) 100
L502 :RN D534 100k
C517 R510
PG104R 12 1/4W
H-DRV
2.2 2.2mmH 33
250V :LHL08
2W FB504
:RS 1.1UH
C516 H.DY(+) ABL
R553 11 D513
*
R547 200V RD15ESB2
0.47 CN503
33k :FPRD
L505 * 1/4 7P
C553 *
TP94 10
TO-C-BOARD
+15V
7
9 200V
R551
6
22 23 4.7k NC
1W
DRIVE+
5
8 GND
4
OUT
R543 HEATER
-15V
0.47
L517 3
R569 1/4W 7 -15V
5 6 7 2.2mmH
10k 2
C545 +12V
0.068
R568 1 HOLD-DOWN
SET 5V
*
:CHIP
R558
C568 * R549
TP52 4.7k R550
0.22 R580 0.47
V DRIVE 1/4W C547 C546
:MPS D561 100k 1/4W
TP96 * *
1N4003GA 1/4W
R567 V-BOOST
2.2 CN501
:FPRD
6P
-15V H.DY H.DY V.DY V.DY
WHT
+12V :DY
1 H.DY(+)
25 2 H.DY(+)
3 H.DY(-)
H.PROT
4 H.DY(-)
5 V.DY(-)
6 V.DY(+)
R573
100k 24
CHIP
R572
22k
CHIP
SCL
SDA
D580
1SS133T
R313
0
R564 JW398
470k 7.5MM
TUNER/IF
TUNING CONTROL
DEFLECTION
MTS
Y/C JUNGLE
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
9-965-941-01<BA5D>A
COMBY
RESET
Y OUT
COMB-C
GND
GND
CN306
CVIN
SDAT
SCLK
Y IN
TO BC BOARD
5V
FSC
GND
GND
GND
CIN
14V
SCP
GND
15P
CN-3500
—
01US01COV-BR2.book Page 1 Friday, February 28, 2003 5:11 PM
Connecting Additional Equipment 4-094-034-21
Operating Instructions
KV-27FS210
KV-32FS210
KV-36FS210
© 2003 by Sony Corporation

User Guide
01US01COV-BR2.book Page i Friday, February 28, 2003 5:11 PM
Connecting Additional Equipment
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose the To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not use
TV to rain or moisture. this polarized plug with an extension cord,
receptacle, or other outlet unless the blades can
be fully inserted to prevent blade exposure.
CAUTION
✍
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
You are cautioned that any changes or modifications
ATTENTION not expressly approved in this manual could void
RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE,
your authority to operate this equipment.
NE PAS OUVRIR
PRECAUCION NOTIFICATION
RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO
NO ABRIR
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with
the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and
DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. harmful interference with radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the interference to radio or television reception, which can be
presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
within the product’s enclosure that may be of encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more
sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric of the following measures:
shock to persons. ❏ Reorient or relocate the receiving antennas.
❏ Increase the separation between the equipment and
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the receiver.
presence of important operating and maintenance ❏ Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different
(servicing) instructions in the literature from that to which the receiver is connected.
accompanying the appliance. ❏ Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician
for help.
Note to the CATV Installer
This reminder is provided to call the CATV system
Protecting the TV
installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that ❏ To prevent internal heat build-up, do not block the
provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, ventilation openings.
specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the ❏ Do not install the TV in a hot or humid place, or in a place
grounding system of the building as close to the point of subject to excessive dust or mechanical vibration.
cable entry as practical. Note on Caption Vision
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS This television receiver provides display of television closed
captioning in accordance with § 15.119 of the FCC rules.
❏ Operate the TV only on 120 V AC. Use of this television for other than private viewing of
❏ One blade of the power plug is wider than the other for programs broadcast on UHF or VHF or transmitted by cable
safety purposes and will fit into the power outlet only one companies for the use of the general public may require
way. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the authorization from the broadcaster-cable company and/or
outlet, contact your dealer. program owner.
❏ If any liquid or solid object falls into the TV, unplug it and
have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it Owner’s Record
further. The model and serial numbers are located on the front cover
of this manual and at the rear of your TV.
CAUTION Trademarks and Copyrights
When using TV games, computers, and similar products ENERGY STAR® is a registered mark.
with your TV, keep the brightness and contrast functions at
low settings. If a fixed (non-moving) pattern is left on the As an ENERGY STAR® Partner, Sony has
screen for long periods of time at a high brightness or determined that this product or product
contrast setting, the image can be permanently imprinted model meets the ENERGY STAR® guidelines
onto the screen. Continuously watching the same channel for energy efficiency.
can cause the imprint of station logos onto the TV screen.
These types of imprints are not covered by your warranty WEGA®, FD Trinitron and Caption Vision are registered trademarks
because they are the results of misuse. of Sony Corporation.
01US01COV-BR2.book Page ii Friday, February 28, 2003 5:11 PM
User Guide
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
For your protection, please read these instructions Object and Liquid Entry
completely, and keep this manual for future reference.
Carefully observe and comply with all warnings, cautions Never push objects of any kind into the set
and instructions placed on the set, or described in the through the cabinet slots as they may touch
operating instructions or service manual. dangerous voltage points or short out parts
that could result in a fire or electric shock.
WARNING Never spill liquid of any kind on the set.
To guard against injury, the following basic safety Attachments
precautions should be observed in the installation, use, and
servicing of the set. Do not use attachments not recommended
by the manufacturer, as they may cause
Use hazards.
Do not place any objects, especially heavy
Power Sources objects, on top of the set. The object may
This set should be operated only from fall from the set, causing injury.
the type of power source indicated on Cleaning
the serial/model plate. If you are not
sure of the type of electrical power Unplug the set from the wall outlet before
supplied to your home, consult your cleaning or polishing it. Do not use liquid
dealer or local power company. For cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a cloth
those sets designed to operate from lightly dampened with water for cleaning
battery power, refer to the operating instructions. the exterior of the set.
Grounding or Polarization If a snapping or popping sound from a TV set
is continuous or frequent while the TV is
This set may be equipped with a polarized alternating current operating, unplug the TV and consult your
line plug (a plug having one blade wider than other). This dealer or service technician. It is normal for
plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety some TV sets to make occasional snapping or
feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the popping sounds, particularly when being
outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug still fails to fit, contact turned on or off.
your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat
the safety purpose of the polarized plug. Installation
For the set with a polarized AC power cord plug Always use two or more people to lift or move the set. The
set is heavy and the bottom surface is flat. Serious injury can
This plug will fit into the power outlet result from trying to move the set by yourself alone, or from
only one way. This is a safety feature. unsteady handling.
If you are unable to insert the plug Install the set on a stable, level surface.
fully into the outlet, try reversing the
plug. If the plug still fails to fit, contact Water and Moisture
your electrician to have a suitable outlet installed. Do not Do not use power-line
defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug by forcing it in. operated sets near water —
Alternate Warning for example, near a bathtub,
washbowl, kitchen sink, or
For the set with a three-wire grounding type AC plug laundry tub, in a wet
This plug will only fit into a basement, or near a
grounding-type power outlet. This is swimming pool, etc.
a safety feature. If you are unable to Accessories
insert the plug into the outlet, contact
your electrician to have a suitable Do not place the set on
outlet installed. Do not defeat the an unstable cart, stand,
safety purpose of the grounding plug. tripod, bracket, table,
or shelf. The set may
Overloading fall, causing serious
Do not overload wall injury to a child or an
outlets, extension adult, and serious
cords or convenience damage to the set. Use
receptacles beyond only a cart or stand recommended by the manufacturer for the
their capacity, since specific model of TV. Any mounting of the product should
this can result in fire follow the manufacturer’s instructions, and should use a
or electric shock. mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer. An
Always turn the set off when it is not to be used. When the appliance and cart combination should be moved with care.
set is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause
unplug it from the wall outlet as a precaution against the the appliance and cart combination to overturn.
possibility of an internal malfunction that could create a fire Ventilation
hazard.
Do not disconnect the antenna or the power cord during a The slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or
heavy storm. Lightning may strike while you are holding bottom are provided for necessary ventilation. To ensure
the cable or cord, causing serious injury. Turn off your TV reliable operation of the set, and to protect it from
and wait for the weather to improve. overheating, these slots and openings must never be
blocked or covered.
01US01COV-BR2.book Page iii Friday, February 28, 2003 5:11 PM
• Never cover the slots and openings Service

with a cloth or other materials.
Damage Requiring Service
Unplug the set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to
qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
• Never block the slots and openings
by placing the set on a bed, sofa, rug • When the power cord or plug
or other similar surface. is damaged or frayed.
• Never place the set in a confined • If liquid has been spilled

space, such as a bookcase or built-in into the set or objects have
cabinet, unless proper ventilation is fallen into the product.
provided.
• Do not place the set near or over a

radiator or heat register, or where it is • If the set has been exposed to
exposed to direct sunlight. rain or water.
Power-Cord Protection
Do not allow anything to rest on or roll over the
power cord, and do not place the set where the • If the set has been subject to
power cord is subject to wear or abuse. excessive shock by being
dropped, or the cabinet has
Antennas been damaged.
Outdoor Antenna Grounding
If an outdoor antenna is installed, follow the precautions • If the set does not operate
below. An outdoor antenna system should not be located in normally when following the operating
the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or instructions. Adjust only those controls
power circuits, or where it can come in contact with such that are specified in the operating
power lines or circuits. instructions. Improper adjustment of
other controls may result in damage and
WHEN INSTALLING AN OUTDOOR ANTENNA will often require extensive work by a
SYSTEM, EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO KEEP qualified technician to restore the set to normal operation.
FROM CONTACTING SUCH POWER LINES OR
CIRCUITS AS CONTACT WITH THEM IS ALMOST
INVARIABLY FATAL. • When the set exhibits a distinct change in
performance — this indicates a need for service.
Be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to provide some Servicing
protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges.
Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) in USA and Do not attempt to service the set yourself
Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada since opening the cabinet may expose you
provides information with respect to proper grounding of the to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer
mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire all servicing to qualified service personnel.
to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, Replacement Parts
location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding
electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. When replacement parts are required, be
sure the service technician certifies in
Antenna Grounding According to the NEC writing that he has used replacement
Antenna Grounding According to the National Electrical parts specified by the manufacturer that
Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. have the same characteristics as the
original parts. Unauthorized
substitutions may result in fire, electric
shock, or other hazards.
ANTENNA
LEAD IN
WIRE
Safety Check
GROUND
CLAMP
Upon completion of any service or repairs to
the set, ask the service technician to perform
ANTENNA
DISCHARGE UNIT
routine safety checks (as specified by the
(NEC SECTION 810-20) manufacturer) to determine that the set is in
ELECTRIC safe operating condition, and to so certify.
SERVICE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
EQUIPMENT (NEC SECTION 810-21)
When the set reaches the end of its useful life,
GROUND CLAMPS improper disposal could result in a picture
POWER SERVICE GROUNDING tube implosion. Ask a qualified service
NEC - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE
ELECTRODE SYSTEM
(NEC ARTICLE 250, PART H)
technician to dispose of the set.
Lightning
For added protection for this television receiver during a
lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused
for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and
disconnect the antenna. This will prevent damage to the
receiver due to lightning and power-line surges.
01US01COV-BR2.book Page iv Friday, February 28, 2003 5:11 PM
User Guide
Contents
Introduction
Introducing the FD Trinitron WEGA® Features ........................................................................ 1
About this Manual.......................................................................................................................... 2
Batteries for the Remote Control .................................................................................................. 2
Front Panel Menu Controls ........................................................................................................... 2
Using the Remote Control

Remote Control Description.......................................................................................................... 3
Programming the Remote Control............................................................................................... 5
Using your Remote Control with Other Equipment ................................................................. 7
Connecting Your TV
TV Rear Panel .................................................................................................................................. 9
Basic Connections ......................................................................................................................... 11
Cable Box Connections ................................................................................................................ 12
Connecting Additional Equipment............................................................................................ 14
Using Basic Functions

Setting Up the TV.......................................................................................................................... 21
Quick Start to the Menus ............................................................................................................. 22
Using Picture in Picture (PIP) ..................................................................................................... 24
Connections that affect your ability to use PIP ................................................................. 26
Using the Menus

How to Access Menus.................................................................................................................. 27
Using the Video Menu ................................................................................................................. 28
Using the Audio Menu ................................................................................................................ 29
Using the Channel Menu ............................................................................................................. 31
Using the Parent Menu ................................................................................................................ 33
Parental Control..................................................................................................................... 34
United States: Selecting Custom Rating Options.............................................................. 36
Canada: Selecting Custom Rating Options........................................................................ 38
Using the Timer Menu ................................................................................................................. 39
Using the Setup Menu.................................................................................................................. 40
Using the Basic Menu................................................................................................................... 41
Other Information
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................ 43
Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 47
Index ...................................................................................................................................................... 49
Introduction
Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony FD Trinitron WEGA®.
®
Introducing the FD Trinitron WEGA Features
Some of the features you will enjoy include:
❏ FD Trinitron Flat CRT — Delivers a picture with uncompromising accuracy and
outstanding image detail via a technologically advanced tube.
❏ Y, PB, PR Inputs — Provides component video inputs for superior picture quality
(480i only).
❏ Surround — Simulates theater quality sound for stereo programs.
❏ Parental Control (V-Chip) — Helps parents monitor what their children watch on TV by
establishing rating limits.
❏ Picture in Picture (PIP) — Allows you to view two programs simultaneously.
❏ Favorite Channels — Provides instant access to your favorite channels with the touch of a
button.
❏ Info Banner — Displays the name and the remaining time of the current program viewed,
if available.
❏ Universal Remote Control — Operates your connected cable box, VCR, digital satellite
receiver, or DVD player.
❏ Energy Star® — Meets the Energy Star guidelines for energy efficiency.
❏ Front Panel Controls — Allows access to the on-screen menus without the use of a remote
control.
❏ Front A/V Inputs — Lets you quickly connect video games, camcorders or stereo/mono
equipment.
1
About this Manual

This manual provides instructions to help you enjoy your new TV. It shows you how to
connect to an antenna or cable, cable box, VCR, DVD, satellite receiver, stereo system, or
camcorder. Once your TV is connected, follow the instructions and use the remote control to
access the on-screen menus.
Batteries for the Remote Control

Insert two AA (R6) batteries (supplied) into the remote control using the following illustration
as a guide.
✍ Under normal conditions, batteries will last up to six months. If the remote control does not operate
properly, the batteries might be worn out.
✍ If you will not be using the remote control for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to
avoid possible damage from battery leakage.
Front Panel Menu Controls
The front Audio/Video panel controls allow you to access the menu without the remote
control.
❏ Press to display the on-screen menu.
❏ Use the and buttons on the front Audio/Video panel instead of your remote
control.
❏ Use the button on the front Audio/Video panel to navigate through the menus, then
select an item. The front panel controls also allow you to change your channels (CH+/-),
adjust the volume (VOL +/-), and change video inputs.
✍ To navigate the menus with your remote control, see “Using the Menus” on page 27.
2

Remote Control Description
Button Description
1 MUTING Press to turn off the sound. Press again or press
to restore sound.
2 SYSTEM OFF Press to turn off the equipment programmed into
A L the remote control. See “Programming the Remote
Control” on page 5.
M3
TV/VCR Press to switch between TV and VCR mode. If you
B
have a non-Sony VCR, you will need to program
C N the remote control to recognize your VCR. For
details; see “Programming the Remote Control” on
page 5.
D
O 4 ANT Press to switch between VHF/UHF input to the
E P (antenna) AUX input.
F Q 5 PICTURE MODE Press repeatedly to step through the available video
picture modes: Vivid, Standard, Movie and Pro.
Also available in the Video menu. See “Using the
R Video Menu” on page 28 for details.
6 SLEEP Press repeatedly until the TV displays the time in
minutes (15, 30, 45, 60, or 90) that you want the TV
G to remain on before shutting off automatically.
H S Cancel by pressing until Sleep Off appears. While
/ the Sleep feature is set, press once to view the
T remaining time.
7 JUMP Press to jump back and forth between two channels.
I U The TV alternates between the current channel and
the last channel that you selected. JUMP will not
work if any FUNCTION Mode (VCR/DVD, SAT/
J V CABLE, TV) is activated.
8 TV/SAT Press to switch between the TV and SAT (satellite)
inputs when in SAT FUNCTION mode.
K Press for a direct selection of Effect settings
(Surround, Off) when the remote is in TV
FUNCTION mode.
See “Using the Audio Menu” on page 29 for details.
9 RESET Press to return to factory settings while in an
on-screen menu.
q; VOL (volume) Press (+) or (-) to adjust the volume.
qa CODE SET Press to program your remote control to operate
connected video equipment. See “Programming the
Remote Control” on page 5.
3
Button Description
qs POWER buttons Press to turn on and off the TV and other audio/
video equipment you have programmed into the
remote control. For instructions, see “Programming
the Remote Control” on page 5.
qd FUNCTION buttons Press to select the equipment (VCR/DVD, SAT/
CABLE, TV) that you want to operate with the
remote control. The indicator (LED) lights up
momentarily when pressed to show which device
the remote control is operating.
qf PIP (Picture in Press to operate PIP feature. See “Using Picture in
Picture) Picture (PIP)” on page 24.
Press to operate your VCR. The VCR must be
VCR (operating)
programmed into the remote control. For
instructions, see “Programming the Remote
Control” on page 5.
and Press the button and the button at the same
(to record) time to record programs with your VCR. The
remote control must be programmed before you
can use REC.
m Rewind.
M Fast-forward.
Play.
x Stop.
X Pause. Press again to resume normal playback.
qg TV/VIDEO Press to cycle through available video inputs.
qh DISPLAY Press once to display the current time (if set) and
the program status such as channel number,
Channel Label (if set), video input, and Video Label
(if set). Press again to turn off the display.
qj MTS/SAP Press to cycle through the Multi-channel TV Sound
(MTS) options: Stereo, Auto SAP (Second Audio
Programming), and Mono.
qk 0 9 and Press to change channels. The channel changes after
ENTER two seconds.
ql GUIDE Press to display the program guide of your satellite
antenna.
w; Press the arrow buttons to move the cursor in the
on-screen menus. Press the center button to select
an option.
wa MENU Press to display the on-screen menu. Press again to
exit the menu at any time.
ws CH (channel) Press to change channels. To scan rapidly through the
channels, press and hold down the CH+ or CH- button.
✍ For information on Picture in Picture (PIP) operation buttons, see page 25.
✍ If you lose your remote control, see page 44.
4
Programming the Remote Control

In order to use your remote control with other equipment, you need to program your remote
control. Use the following procedure to program the remote control.
1 Check the list of “Manufacturer’s Codes” on page 6 and find the three-digit code number
for the manufacturer of your component. If more than one code number is listed, use the
number listed first.
2 Press .
✍ The and button will flash when you press .
3 Press or button to indicate the type of component you want to program with
the remote control.
✍ You must do step 4 within 10 seconds of step 3, or you must redo steps 2 and 3.
4 Use the 0 9 buttons to enter the three-digit manufacturer’s code number.

5 Press .
6 To check if the code number works, aim the TV’s remote control at the component and
press on the green POWER button that corresponds with that component. If it responds,
you are done. If not try using another code listed for that manufacturer.
✍ If you have problems programming your remote control, see “Troubleshooting” on page 43.
5
Manufacturer’s Codes Olympic 309, 308 Sony 751

Optimus 327 Hitachi 758
VCRs
Panasonic 308, 309, 306, JVC 756
Manufacturer Code 307 Magnavox 757
Sony 301, 302, 303 Pentax 305, 304
Mitsubishi 761
Admiral 327 Philco 308, 309 Oritron 759
(M. Ward) Philips 308, 309, 310 Panasonic 753
Aiwa 338, 344 Pioneer 308 Philips 757
Audio 314, 337 Quasar 308, 309, 306
Dynamic Pioneer 752
RCA/ 304, 305, 308, RCA 755
Broksonic 319, 317 PROSCAN 309, 311, 312,
Canon 309, 308 313, 310, 329 Samsung 758
Citizen 332 Realistic 309, 330, 328, Toshiba 754
335, 324, 338 Zenith 760
Craig 302, 332
Sansui 314
Criterion 315
Samsung 322, 313, 321 Cable Boxes
Curtis Mathes 304, 338, 309
Sanyo 330, 335
Daewoo 341, 312, 309 Manufacturer Code
Scott 312, 313, 321,
DBX 314, 336, 337 335, 323, 324, Sony 230
Dimensia 304 325, 326 Hamlin/Regal 222, 223, 224,
Sharp 327, 328 225, 226
Emerson 319, 320, 316,
317, 318, 341 Shintom 315 Jerrold/G.I./ 201, 202, 203,
Motorola 204, 205, 206,
Fisher 330, 335 Signature 2000 338, 327 207, 208, 218
Funai 338 (M. Ward)
Oak 227, 228, 229
General 329, 304, 309 SV2000 338
Panasonic 219, 220, 221
Electric Sylvania 308, 309, 338,
310 Pioneer 214, 215
Go Video 322, 339, 340
Symphonic 338 Scientific 209, 210, 211
Goldstar 332 Altanta
Hitachi 306, 304, 305, Tashiro 332
Tocom 216, 217
338 Tatung 314, 336, 337
Zenith 212, 213
Instant Replay 309, 308 Teac 314, 336, 338,
JC Penney 309, 305, 304, 337
330, 314, 336, Technics 309, 308
Satellite Receivers
337 Manufacturer Code
Toshiba 312, 311
JVC 314, 336, 337, Sony 801
345, 346, 347 Wards 327, 328, 335,
331, 332 DIRECT TV 809
Kenwood 314, 336, 332,
337 Yamaha 314, 330, 336, Dish Network 810
337
LXI (Sears) 332, 305, 330, Echostar 810
335, 338 Zenith 331
General 802
Magnavox 308, 309, 310 Electric
Marantz 314, 336, 337 Laserdisc Players Hitachi 805
Marta 332 Manufacturer Code Hughes 804
Memorex 309, 335 Sony 701 Mitsubishi 809
Minolta 305, 304 Panasonic 704, 710 Panasonic 803
Mitsubishi/ 323, 324, 325, Pioneer 702 RCA/ 802, 808
MGA 326 PROSCAN
Multitech 325, 338, 321 Toshiba 806, 807
DVD Players
NEC 314, 336, 337
Manufacturer Code
Manufacturer Code
6
Using your TV Remote Control with Other Equipment

Operating a VCR
Press To
Power on the VCR (VCR/DVD green button)
0 9 Select a channel
Change channels
Play video tape

Stop
or Search forward or backward
Pause
and Record
Switch between VCR and TV inputs
Operating a DVD Player

Press To
Power on the DVD (VCR/DVD green button)
0 9 Select chapters
Search chapters forward or backward
Play DVD
Stop
Pause
Display the DVD menu
Use the arrow buttons to move the cursor in the menu, and the center button to
select an option
Operating a Laser Disc Player

Press To
Power on the laser disc (VCR/DVD green button)
Search chapters forward or backward
Play disc
Stop
Pause
7
Operating a Satellite Receiver

Press To
Power on the satellite receiver (SAT/CABLE green button)
Change channels
Back to previous channel
Display channel number
Display SAT GUIDE
Display SAT Menu
Use the arrow buttons to move the cursor in the menu, and the center button to
select an option
Operating a Cable Box

Press To
Power on the cable box (SAT/CABLE green button)
Change channels
Change back to previous channel
8
Connecting Your TV
Read this section before setting up your TV for the first time. This section explains how to
make the basic connections and how to connect optional equipment.
TV Rear Panel
1
2
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
3
PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
4 5 6 7
Jack Description
1AUX This input allows you to view local and cable channels if your
cable provider does not feature local channels. You can switch
between local and cable channels by pressing ANT on the
remote control. Devices connected to the AUX input cannot be
viewed in PIP.
2TO CONVERTER This is a VHF/UHF out jack that lets you set up your TV to
switch between scrambled channels (through a cable box) and
normal cable channels (CATV). Use this jack instead of a splitter
to get better picture quality when you need to switch between
scrambled and unscrambled cable channels.
3 VHF/UHF This input connects to your VHF/UHF antenna or cable.
4 S VIDEO This input connects to the S VIDEO OUT jack on your VCR or
other video equipment that has S VIDEO. S VIDEO provides
better picture quality than the VHF/UHF jacks or the video
input jack. S VIDEO does not provide sound, so you still must
connect the audio cables.
9
Jack Description
5 AUDIO L(MONO), R/ This input connects to the AUDIO/VIDEO output jacks on your
VIDEO VCR or other video equipment. A third video input jack
(VIDEO 2) is located on the front panel of the TV. These
AUDIO/VIDEO input jacks provide better picture quality than
the VHF/UHF jack.
6 Y, PB, PR/ L(MONO), R These inputs (Video 4-5) connect to the component video Y, PB,
PR, and AUDIO L(MONO), R jacks on your DVD player or
digital set-top box (480i only).
7 AUDIO OUT This jack connects to the Audio input jacks on your audio
(VAR/FIX) equipment. You can listen to your TV’s audio through your
L(MONO), R stereo system.
10
Connecting Your TV
Basic Connections
TV with Cable, Indoor, or Outdoor Antenna
Depending on the cable system available in your home, choose one of the connections below:
Use this to connect the TV to a cable system or an antenna with a 75-ohm cable
(usually built in to newer homes).
(not supplied)
Use this to connect the TV to a dipole antenna, also known as a “rabbit ears antenna”
(usually found in older homes).
This allows you to connect your TV to both a cable system and a dipole antenna, in order to
view both cable and local channels.
✍ If you are connecting to an indoor or outdoor antenna, you may need to adjust the orientation of the
antenna for the best reception.
11
Cable Box Connections

Some cable TV systems use scrambled or encoded signals that require a cable box to view all
channels. If you subscribe to that kind of cable service, use this connection. Scrambled signals
coming in to the TV through the cable box cannot be viewed in PIP. If some, but not all, of your
channels are scrambled, consider using the cable box and cable connection (see page 13).
TV and Cable Box

Cable box
1
From cable/
antenna Rear of TV
1 3
S VIDEO
2
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
1 Connect the coaxial cable from your cable service to the IN jack on your cable box.
2 Connect a coaxial cable (not supplied) from the OUT jack on your cable box to the
VHF/UHF jack on your TV.
Using your TV with this connection

This connection allows you to do the following:
❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your cable box (see page 5).
❏ To activate your remote press to operate your cable box and then use the 0 9
buttons or CH+/- buttons to change the channels. To do this, first program your remote
control, then use the Channel Fix feature to set your TV to channel 3 or 4 (see page 31).
12
Connecting Your TV
Cable Box and Cable

Use this connection if you subscribe to a cable system that scrambles some channels (pay
channels) but not all of them. This setup allows you to use the remote control to:
❏ change channels through your cable box when you are receiving a scrambled signal
❏ change channels through your TV
This connection also allows you to use the PIP feature when you are viewing unscrambled
channels coming directly into your TV from your cable. Scrambled signals coming through the
cable box cannot be viewed in PIP. For more information on the PIP feature, see page 24.
✍ DIGITAL CABLE BOX USERS: Do not use this connection. The TO CONVERTER jack is not compatible
with digital boxes.
Cable box
Rear of TV
3
Coaxial cable
2
1 3
75-ohm Coaxial cable
S VIDEO
1
CATV cable (unscrambled channels)
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
1 Connect the coaxial cable from your cable service to the VHF/UHF jack on your TV.
2 Using a coaxial cable (not supplied), connect the IN jack on your cable box to the TO
CONVERTER jack on your TV.
3 Using a coaxial cable (not supplied), connect the OUT jack on your cable box to the AUX
jack on your TV.

❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your cable box (see page 5).
❏ To activate your remote, press to operate your cable box and then use the 0 9
buttons or CH+/- buttons to change the channels. To do this, first program your remote
control, then use the Channel Fix feature to set your TV to channel 3 or 4 (see page 31).
❏ Press to switch back and forth between VHF/UHF (local channels or unscrambled)
and AUX (cable system or pay channels).
13

Connecting a TV and VCR
Rear of TV
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
2 S VIDEO
Y
PB
PR
1 VCR VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
From
cable/antenna Video (yellow)
Audio L (white)
Audio R (red)
Optional connection
1 Connect the coaxial cable from your TV antenna or cable service to the IN jack on your
VCR.
2 Connect a coaxial cable (not supplied) from the OUT jack on your VCR to the VHF/UHF
jack on the TV.
Optional connection
❏ If your VCR is equipped with video outputs, you can get better picture quality by
connecting audio/video cables (not supplied) from AUDIO/VIDEO OUT on your VCR to
AUDIO/VIDEO IN on your TV.
❏ For better picture quality, use S VIDEO instead of the yellow video cable. S VIDEO does
not provide sound, so you still must connect the audio cables.

❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your VCR (see page 5).
❏ To activate your remote, press to operate your VCR. To do this, first program your
remote control, then use the Channel Fix feature to set your TV to channel 3 or 4 (see page 31).
❏ Press repeatedly to switch between VCR input (VIDEO input) and VHF/UHF
(local channels).
14
Connecting Your TV
Connecting a TV, VCR, and Cable Box

✍ DIGITAL CABLE BOX USERS: If you are connecting a digital cable box, you will need a special bi-
directional splitter that is designed to work with your digital cable box.
Use this connection if you subscribe to a cable system that scrambles some channels (pay
channels), but not all of them. This setup allows you to use the remote control to:
❏ change channels through your cable box or VCR when you are receiving a
scrambled signal
❏ change channels through your TV
This connection also allows you to use the PIP feature when you are viewing unscrambled
channels coming directly into your TV from your cable. Scrambled signals coming through the
cable box cannot be viewed in PIP. For more information on the PIP feature, see page 24.
Rear of TV
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VCR VIDEO
2b L
(MONO)
L
(MONO)
R R
3 Video (yellow)
Audio L (white)
Audio R (red)
1 Splitter
4
Cable
2a Cable box
1 Connect the single input jack of the splitter to your incoming cable connection.
2 Using coaxial cables (not supplied), connect the two output jacks of the splitter to:
a) the IN jack on your cable box
b) the VHF/UHF jack on the TV
3 Using a coaxial cable (not supplied), connect the OUT jack on your cable box to the IN jack
on your VCR.
4 If your VCR is equipped with video outputs, you can get better picture quality by
connecting audio/video cables (not supplied) from AUDIO/VIDEO OUT on your VCR to
(continued)
15
✍ DIGITAL CABLE BOX USERS: Do not use this connection. The TO CONVERTER jack is not compatible
with digital boxes.
Optional connection

❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your VCR or cable box (see page 5).
❏ To activate your remote, press to operate your VCR or to operate your cable
box. To do this, first program your remote control, then use the Channel Fix feature to set
your TV to channel 3 or 4 (see page 31).
❏ Press repeatedly to switch between VCR input (VIDEO input), VHF/UHF (local
channels or unscrambled), or cable box (cable system or scrambled channels).
16
Connecting Your TV
Connecting a TV and Satellite Receiver
From
cable/
antenna
Rear of TV
2
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
Satellite receiver PB
1 VIDEO
PR
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
Satellite R R
antenna
cable Video (yellow)
3 Audio L (white)
Audio R (red)
1 Connect the cable from your satellite antenna to SATELLITE IN on your satellite receiver.
2 Connect the coaxial cable from your cable service or antenna to the VHF/UHF jack on
your TV.
3 Using audio/video cables (not supplied), connect AUDIO/VIDEO OUT on your satellite
receiver to AUDIO/VIDEO IN on your TV.

❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your satellite receiver (see page 5).
❏ To activate your remote, press to operate your satellite receiver. See page 7 on how
to operate other functions.
❏ Press repeatedly to switch to satellite receiver input (VIDEO input).
17
Connecting a TV, VCR, and Satellite Receiver
4 Rear of TV
From
1 cable/
antenna 1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
2 S VIDEO
VCR PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Satellite receiver
Video (yellow)
3 Audio L (white)
Audio R (red)
5
1 Connect the coaxial cable from your satellite antenna to SATELLITE IN on the satellite
receiver.
2 Connect the coaxial cable from your cable service or antenna to the IN jack on your VCR.
3 Using a coaxial cable (not supplied), connect the OUT jack on your VCR to the VHF/UHF
jack on your TV.
4 Using audio/video cables (not supplied), connect AUDIO/VIDEO OUT on your satellite
receiver to AUDIO/VIDEO IN on your VCR.
5 Using audio/video cables (not supplied), connect AUDIO/VIDEO OUT on your VCR to
✍ To view from the satellite receiver or VCR, select the video input to which your satellite receiver or
VCR is connected by pressing on the remote control.

❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your VCR or satellite receiver (see page 5).
❏ Turn on your VCR to enable your satellite receiver to work with this connection.
❏ To activate your remote, press to operate your VCR or to operate your satellite
receiver.
❏ Press repeatedly to switch between VCR input (VIDEO input), VHF/UHF
(local channels or unscrambled), or your cable box (cable system or scrambled channels).
18
Connecting Your TV
Connecting a DVD Player

Using audio/video cables (not supplied), connect AUDIO/VIDEO OUT on your DVD player
to AUDIO/VIDEO IN on your TV.
Rear of DVD Player Rear of TV

1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Video (yellow)
Audio L (white)
Audio R (red)
Optional connection
❏ If your DVD player is equipped with component video outputs (Y, PB, PR), you can
improve the picture quality by using component video cables (480i only). This connection
can be done on VIDEO 4 or 5 (both Y, PB, PR).
✍ PIP feature is not compatible with VIDEO 4-5, you can use VIDEO 1or 3. These inputs are compatible
with PIP.
Rear of TV
Rear of DVD Player 1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Y (green)
PB (blue) Audio L (white)
PR (red) Audio R (red)
2 1
1 Using component video cables (not supplied), connect the Y, PB, PR OUT on your DVD
player to Y, PB, PR IN on your TV.
2 Connect AUDIO OUT on your DVD player to AUDIO IN on your TV.
✍ The Y, PB, PR outputs on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y, CB, and CR or Y, B-Y, and R-Y. If so,
connect the cables to like colors.

❏ Program your Sony remote control to operate your DVD (see page 5).
❏ To activate your remote, press to operate your DVD.
❏ Press repeatedly to switch to the DVD player's input (VIDEO input). 19
Connecting a Camcorder
To connect your camcorder, you can use the Audio/Video inputs on either the front or rear
panel of the TV. Using the audio/video cables (not supplied), connect the AUDIO/VIDEO
OUT on your camcorder to the AUDIO/VIDEO IN on your TV.
Front A/V Panel
Audio R (red)
Audio L (white)
A/V output Video (yellow)
Connecting an Audio System

1 Using audio/video cables (not supplied), connect AUDIO OUT on your TV to one of the
unused line inputs (e.g. TV, AUX, TAPE2) on your stereo.
2 Set the Speaker option to Off. For more instructions, see "Using the Audio Menu" on page 29.
3 Open the Audio Out option on the Audio Menu and select Fixed to control the volume through
the connected audio system. For more instructions, see "Using the Audio Menu" on page 29.
Rear of TV
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VIDEO
AUDIO-L (white)
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
AUDIO-R (red)
Line
input
20

Setting Up the TV
After you have finished connecting your TV, you can use Auto Program to set up your
channels. During Auto Program, the TV will automatically search for available channels and
program receivable channels.
✍ When you start Auto Program wait until it is finished; otherwise it will skip over channels that are
available. Perform Auto Program again to program receivable channels.
1 Press to turn on the TV. The Initial Setup screen appears.
Initial Setup
Auto Program: [CH+]

Exit: [CH–]
First please connect
cable/antenna
2 Press on the remote control or on the TV front panel to start Auto Program, or press
to exit.
✍ The Initial Setup screen appears each time you turn on the TV until you perform Auto Program.
To perform Auto Program again

1 Press .
2 Press g to highlight Channel Menu.
3 Press f to highlight Cable. Press to select.
4 Press F or f to highlight On or Off according to how you connected your TV. Press to
select.
5 Press f to highlight Auto Program. Press to search for channels.
6 After Auto Program finishes, press to exit.
To reset the TV to factory settings

1 Turn the TV on.
2 Hold down on the remote control.
3 Press and release the POWER button on the TV front panel. The TV will turn itself off,
then back on.
4 Release .
21
Quick Start to the Menus

The following settings are available in your on-screen menus. For more details on how to use the
menus, see “Using the Menus” on page 27.
Menu Allows you to
Video Audio Channel Parent Timer Setup Basic
Mode : Vivid
Picture
Brightness
Color
Hue
Sharpness
Color Temp. : Cool
VM: High
Move: Select: End: Adjust your picture settings.

Treble
Bass
Balance
Effect: Off
MTS: Stereo
Speaker: On
Audio Out: Variable
Move: Select: End: Change your audio settings.

Favorite Channels
Cable : On
Channel Fix: Off
Auto Program
Channel Skip/Add
Channel Label
Move: Select: End: Customize your channel settings.

Password:
Set rating limits on your TV based on program

Move: Select: End: rating or content.
22
Menu Allows you to
Timer 1 : Off
Timer 2 : Off
Current Time
: AM
Set the clock on your TV and program scheduled
Move: Select: End: viewing using Timer 1 and Timer 2.
Caption Vision: Off

Video Label
Tilt Correction: 0
Language: English Select closed captioning options, label video
16:9 Enhanced: Off inputs, adjust tilt correction, enhance your DVD
Demo
picture resolution (16:9 Enhanced), select menu
Move: Select: End: language, or run a demo of the menus.
Press
to enter
Basic Menu
Move: Select: End:
Basic Menu
Picture Adjust
Caption Vision: Off
Effect: Off
Advanced Menu
Picture white level
Move: Select: End: Access the most commonly used menu settings.
23
Using Picture in Picture (PIP)

The Picture-in-Picture (PIP) feature allows you to view two programs simultaneously, one in
the full size “main” picture and one in a small “window” picture.
Displaying Picture in Picture

Indicates which
picture is currently
receiving sound
6 Channel number of
Main 9 the main picture
picture
2 Channel number
of the window
picture
Window
picture
To use PIP
1 Press the TV button to control PIP with the yellow buttons. Tune your TV to a channel that
you know is currently airing programming.
2 Press to display the window picture.
3 Use the yellow PIP (CH +/-) buttons to change the channel in the PIP window picture.
To check your PIP

1 Press the TV button to control PIP with the yellow buttons. Tune your TV to a channel,
which you know is currently airing programming.
2 Press to turn PIP on, then press . The channel from the main window should now
appear in the window picture.
3 Use the (CH +/-) buttons on the bottom of your remote control to select the same channel
in the main picture.
4 Use the yellow PIP (CH +/-) buttons to change the channel in the PIP window picture.
5 Press the yellow PIP button to switch the PIP window to the video inputs for other
equipment that is connected to any of the VIDEO IN jacks of your TV (connected
equipment to VIDEO 4-5 are not visible in PIP). You should see a different picture in your
PIP window for each piece of connected video equipment. Make sure the connected
equipment is turned on and working when you perform this test.
✍ If you’re having problems with PIP, refer to “Connections that affect your ability to use PIP” on
page 26 or see “Troubleshooting” on page 43 for possible solutions.
24
PIP Function buttons

Yellow PIP button Description
Press to turn the PIP feature on and off. Press repeatedly to change the
window size (1/9, 1/16, Off).
Press to cycle through the available video equipment you have
connected to the TV in the PIP window picture. The connected
equipment in VIDEO 4-5 (Y, Pb, Pr) is not visible in PIP.
Press to alternate sound between the main picture and the PIP
window picture. The sound symbol appears for three seconds,
indicating whether you are hearing the sound from the main or PIP
window picture.
Press to change the channel in the PIP window picture. To change the
channel in the main window, use the main (CH +/-) buttons at the
bottom of the remote control.
Press to move the location of the window picture to any of the four
corners of the screen.
Press to freeze the window picture. Press again to restore the picture.
The main window continues to play as usual.
Press to switch the main picture with the PIP window picture. Press
again to switch back.
✍ For more information about your remote control, see “Using the Remote Control” on page 3.
To change channels/programs in the PIP window

❏ Use the yellow PIP (CH +/-) button to scroll through TV channels.
❏ Use the yellow TV/VIDEO button to cycle through other video equipment connected to
the TV, such as your VCR, DVD player, or satellite receiver.
25
Connections that affect your ability to use PIP

❏ Any video equipment you have connected to the AUX input cannot be viewed in the PIP
window.
❏ If you are viewing all channels through a cable box, the PIP feature will not work. The
cable box only unscrambles one signal at a time, so the window picture will be the same as
the main picture. See page 15 for more information on how to connect your cable box and
use your PIP feature.
❏ Connected equipment in VIDEO 4-5 (Y, Pb, Pr) is not visible in PIP.
26
Using the Menus

This section shows the options available for setting up and adjusting the TV.
How to Access Menus

To Access Menus
1 Press to display the on-screen menu.
2 Use the G or g buttons to highlight the desired menu icon. Press to select it.
3 Use the F or f buttons to scroll up and down through the features.
4 Follow the instructions on the screen.
5 For instructions on using a specific menu, see the page in this section that talks about that menu.
6 Press to exit the menu.
✍ Press once to display the on-screen menu, and press again to return to normal viewing. If no
buttons are pressed, the menu closes automatically after about 90 seconds.
27
Using the Video Menu

To access the Video menu, use the following steps:
To Display To Select
Mode : Vivid Vivid
Picture Standard
Brightness Movie
Color Pro
Hue
Sharpness
Color Temp. : Cool
VM: High
Press f to highlight an option; then press . Custom settings
Move: Select: End:
Mode Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
Customized to select it.
picture viewing Vivid: Select for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness.
Standard: Select for a standard picture.
Movie: Select for a finely detailed picture.
Pro: Select for natural picture and sharpness.
✍ Press on the remote control for direct access to the picture modes (Vivid, Standard, Movie, Pro).
Picture Press G to decrease the contrast. Press g to increase the contrast.

Brightness Press G to darken the picture. Press g to brighten the picture.
Color Press G to decrease color saturation. Press g to increase color saturation.
Hue Press G to increase the red tones. Press g to increase the green tones.
Sharpness Press G to soften the picture. Press g to sharpen the picture.
Color Temp. Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
White tint to select it.
adjustment Cool: Gives white colors a blue tint.
Neutral: Gives white colors a neutral tint.
Warm: Gives white colors a red tint.
VM Sharpens picture definition to give objects a crisp, clean edge. Use the F or f
Velocity buttons to highlight one of the following options: High, Low, Off, then press
Modulation to select it.
28
Using the Menus
Using the Audio Menu

To access the Audio menu, use the following steps:
To Display To Highlight To Select

Treble Adjust
Bass
Balance
Effect: Off
MTS: Stereo
Speaker: On
Audio Out: Variable
Press f to highlight an option; then press . High frequency sound
Move: Select: End:
Treble Press G to decrease the higher pitched sounds. Press g to increase the higher
pitched sounds.
Bass Press G to decrease the lower pitched sounds. Press g to increase the lower
pitched sounds.
Balance Press G to emphasize the left speaker. Press g to emphasize the right speaker.
Effect Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
to select it.
Surround: Simulates theater quality sound for stereo programs.
Off: Normal stereo or mono reception.
✍ Press to directly select Effect settings (Surround, Off).
MTS Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
Multi-Channel to select it.
TV Sound Stereo: Select when viewing a broadcast in stereo.
Auto SAP: Select to have the TV automatically switch to a Second Audio
Program (SAP) when a signal is received.
Mono: Select to reduce noise in areas of poor reception.
✍ Press to directly select MTS settings (Stereo, Auto SAP, Mono).
✍ If your TV is set to Auto SAP, some programs may be muted or distorted. If your TV does not output
sound, change your Audio MTS setting to Stereo or Mono.
Speaker Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
Custom to select it.
selection of On: Select to listen to the sound from the TV speakers with or without a
audio output separate stereo system.
source Off: Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to the TV’s sound only
through external audio system speakers.
29
Audio Out Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
Use to control to select it.
the TV’s volume Variable: Adjust the volume through your TV.
through a stereo Fixed: Adjust the volume through a connected stereo.
✍ You can only set Audio Out settings when you have set Speaker to Off.
30
Using the Menus
Using the Channel Menu

To access the Channel menu, use the following steps:

Favorite Channels Program
Cable : On
Channel Fix: Off
Auto Program
Channel Skip/Add
Channel Label
Program favorite
Press f to highlight an option; then press . channels
Move: Select: End:
Favorite 1 Use the F or f buttons to highlight the position (1-8) where you want to set a
Channels favorite channel, then press .
Quick access 2 Use the F or f buttons to find the channel you want to add to your favorite
to favorite channels.
channels 3 Press to select the channel. The TV will automatically change to the
selected channel.
4 Press G to return to the Channel menu or press to exit.
✍ To use Favorite Channels, exit all menus and press . Press F or f to move the cursor to the
desired channel number and press .
Cable Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press to
select it.
On: Select if you are receiving cable channels with a CATV cable.
Off: Select if you are using a TV antenna.
✍ After changing your cable settings, you will need to perform Auto Program. See “To perform Auto
Program again” on page 21.
Channel Fix Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press
to select it.
Off: Channel Fix is not set.
2-6: Select when you want to control all channel selection through a cable
box or VCR. Select the appropriate channel (usually 3 or 4) and use
the cable box’s or VCR’s remote control for channel selection.
AUX 2-6: Select this setting instead of 2-6 if you want to change channels
using a cable box, VCR, or satellite receiver and you’ve connected it
to the AUX input.
Video 1: Select from available video inputs when you have connected video
equipment (e.g., a satellite receiver) and you want your TV fixed to it.
✍ You cannot use Favorite Channels, Cable, Channel Skip/Add, or Channel Label when Channel Fix is set.
31
Auto Program Perform Auto Program whenever setting up your TV.

Auto Program will search for available channels and program receivable channels.
Channel Use this feature after you run Auto Program to skip unwanted channels or add
Skip/Add new ones.
1 Use the F or f buttons to highlight the position of the desired channel, then
press .
2 Use the F or f buttons to highlight Skip or Add, then press .
✍ Press CH + or CH - to skip over channels that have been skipped. You can still use the --9 buttons
to directly tune to skipped channels.
Channel 1 Press , then use the F or f buttons until you reach the desired channel
Label number.
Label up to 40
channels with 2 Press to activate the channel.
their call letters 3 Press f to highlight Label, then press . Use the F or f buttons to display
the first call letter or number of the label. Press to select. Repeat this
process until you finish selecting all the call letters.
4 When finished, press to activate.
32
Using the Menus
Using the Parent Menu

To access the Parent menu, use the following steps:
Password:
Use 0-9 buttons to enter

new password
Move: Select: End:
The Parental Control feature helps parents monitor what their children watch on television.
To use the Parent Menu

When you select the Parent menu, you are prompted to set a 4-digit password. You cannot access the
Parent menu settings without this password.
1 Use the 0 9 buttons to enter a 4-digit password.
2 Confirm your password by entering it again.
✍ Keep this manual in a safe place. You need your password for any future access to the Parent menu.
If you forget your password, see page 43.
33
Parental Control
Setting the Rating
You can change the Rating by selecting one of the Parental Lock options.
Parental Lock: Off Off

Change Password Child
Country: U.S.A. Youth
Young Adult
Custom
Press to change settings
Move: Select: End:
1 Press f to highlight Parental Lock; then press .

If you are not familiar with Parental Guideline rating system, use one of the following preset categories
to simplify the rating selection: Child, Youth, Young Adult.
2 Use the F or f to highlight the desired rating and press .
Rating TV will allow a maximum rating of

Off No rating limit
Child TV-Y, TV-G , G (U.S.), G , C (Canada)
Youth TV-PG , PG (U.S.), 8 ans + (Canada)
Young Adult TV-14, PG-13 (U.S.), 14+ (Canada)
Custom Select to set more restrictive ratings (see next section)
Changing your Password

1 Use the F or f buttons to highlight Change Password and press .
2 Follow steps 1 and 2 for “Using the Parent Menu” on page 33.
Select a Country
Select U.S.A. to use US ratings (see pages 36-37) or select Canada to use Canadian ratings (see page 38).
If you select a Country (U.S.A. or Canada) that is not where you live, the rating you select will not be
activated.
1 Press f to highlight Country, then press .
2 Use the F or f to highlight the desired country and press .
34
Using the Menus
Information for Parents

To view a program that exceeds the TV rating
❏ Press , then use the 0 9 buttons to enter your password.
✍ Entering your password to view a blocked program will temporarily turn Parental Lock to Off. To
reactivate your Lock settings, turn the TV off then back on; the TV will return to the settings that you
have selected.
Using the Custom Menu

Follow the instructions on the screen to make your custom settings. Select the country desired for your
TV’s rating limit. See page 36 for U.S. models and page 38 for Canadian models for more information.
✍ Once you have blocked a rating or content, all higher ratings or content will be automatically blocked.
35
United States: Selecting Custom Rating Options

For the United States, the Custom Rating menu includes the following options: Movie Rating, TV
Rating and Unrated. (For Canada, see page 38.)
Movie Rating
This system defines the rating levels of movies shown in theaters and on prime cable channels.
Rating Defined as Custom Rating
Movie Rating -G
G General audience TV Rating - PG
Unrated: Allow - PG-13
PG Parental guidance suggested -R
- NC-17
PG-13 Parents strongly cautioned -X
R Restricted
NC-17 No one 17 and under admitted Press to set Movie
rating
X Adult audience only End:
Move: Select:
TV Rating
The TV rating is divided into two groups: age-based and content-based.
Rating Content
TV-Y: -
TV-Y7: - FV: -
TV-G: -
Age TV-PG: - D: - L: - S: - V: -
TV-14: - D: - L: - S: - V: - Content
TV-MA: - L: - S: - V: -
Press to block rating
Move: Select: End:
Age Defined as Content Defined as

TV-Y All children FV Fantasy violence
TV-Y7 Directed to older children D Suggestive dialogue
TV-G General audience L Strong language
TV-PG Parental guidance suggested S Sexual situations
TV-14 Parents strongly cautioned V Violence
TV-MA Mature audience only
✍ The content ratings will increase depending on the level of the age-based rating. For example, a
program with a TV-PG V (Violence) rating may contain moderate violence, while a TV-14 V
(Violence) rating may contain intense violence.
36
Using the Menus
Unrated
You have the option of blocking TV programs or movies that are not rated.
Custom Rating
Allow Allows all unrated programs Movie Rating
TV Rating
Block Blocks all unrated programs Unrated: Allow Allow
Block
Block or allow unrated

programs
Move: Select: End:
✍ If you choose to block unrated TV programs, please be aware that the following programs
may be blocked: emergency broadcasts, political programs, pro, news, public service
announcements, religious programs, and weather.
37
Canada: Selecting Custom Rating Options

For Canada, the Custom Rating menu includes the following options: English Rating, French Rating,
and U.S.A. Rating.
English Rating
These ratings are for Canadian programs that are broadcast in English.
-C
English Rating
C Children French Rating
U.S.A. Rating
- C8+
-G
- PG
C8+ Children 8 years and older - 14+
- 18+
G General programming
PG Parental guidance
Press to set English
14+ Viewers 14 and older rating
18+ Adult programming Move: Select: End:
French Rating
These ratings are for Canadian programs that are broadcast in French.
English Rating
G General French Rating -G
U.S.A. Rating - 8 ans+
8 ans+ Not recommended for younger - 13 ans+
children - 16 ans+
- 18 ans+
13 ans+ Not recommended for children
under age 13
Press to set French
16 ans+ Not recommended for ages rating
under 16 End:
Move: Select:
18 ans+ This program is restricted to
adults
U.S.A. Rating
For programs from the United States, see “TV Rating” on page 36.
38
Using the Menus
Using the Timer Menu

To access the Timer menu, use the following steps:
To Display To Highlight To Select Timer 1 : Set

Timer 2 : Set
Current Time Program
Program the time : AM
Move: Select: End:
Current Time Set your TV to the current day and time. Press to open the Current Time
menu:
1 Use the F or f buttons to enter the correct day and time, then press .
✍ You must set the Current Time before you can use Timer 1 or Timer 2.
Timer 1 and Use the timers to program your TV to turn on and off by day, time, duration, and
Timer 2 channel. The timer duration is a maximum of six hours. When the channel is
Scheduled fixed, it is not necessary to set the channel.
viewing 1 Use the F or f buttons to highlight Timer 1 or Timer 2, then press .
2 Use the F or f buttons to enter the desired day, start time, duration, and
channel, then press . The timer status should be On when the Timer
has been set, and the timer light on the front panel of the TV should be on.
✍ Select Off to turn off the Timer. Your previous settings will be saved.
✍ When you perform Auto Program, Timer 1 and Timer 2 settings will be cleared. Also, in the event of
any loss of power, Current Time, Timer 1, and Timer 2 settings will be cleared.
39
Using the Setup Menu

To access the Setup menu, use the following steps:
To Display To Highlight To Select Caption Vision: Off Off

Video Label CC1
Tilt Correction: 0 CC2
Language: English
CC3
CC4
16:9 Enhanced: Off Text1
Demo Text2
Text3
Select caption type Text4
Info
Press f to highlight an option; then press .
Move: Select: End:
Caption Allows you to select from three closed caption modes for programs that are
Vision broadcast with closed captioning.
Closed- Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press to
Captioning select it.
Off: Caption Vision is not activated.
CC1, 2, 3, 4: Displays printed dialogue and sound effects of a program.
Text1, 2, 3, 4: Displays network/station information.
Info: Displays the name of the current program and its remaining time
(if available) when you change the channel or press the DISPLAY
button.
Video Label Allows you to identify the video components connected to the TV: VCR, DVD, etc.
Label When you press TV/VIDEO to switch inputs, the Video Label appears on-screen.
connected 1 Press the F or f buttons to highlight the input you want to label and press .
equipment 2 Press the F or f buttons to highlight a label and press .
3 Press G to return to the Setup menu or press to exit.
✍ If you select Skip, your TV skips this connection when you press the TV/VIDEO button.
Tilt Use the F or f buttons to set the tilt of the picture from –5 to +5, then press to
Correction activate.
Language Display all menus in the language of your choice.

Use the F or f buttons to select from one of the following options: English,
Español (Spanish) and Français (French). Then press .
16:9 Provides enhanced picture resolution for wide-screen sources such as DVD. This is
Enhanced only available when the TV is in Video mode.
Demo Press to run a demonstration of the on-screen menus.
✍ You can press any button to exit Demo mode.
40
Using the Menus
Using the Basic Menu

To access the Basic menu, use the following steps:
Basic Menu
To Display To Highlight To Select Picture Adjust

Caption Vision: Off
Effect: Off
Advanced Menu
Picture white level
Press f to highlight an option; then press .

Move: Select: End:
Picture Press G to decrease picture contrast.

Picture contrast Press g to increase picture contrast.
Caption Vision The Basic menu displays the current Caption Vision setting. By default, this is Off.
Closed-
Captioning
Effect Use the F or f buttons to highlight one of the following options, then press to
select it.
Surround: Simulates theater quality sound for stereo programs.
Off: Normal stereo or mono reception.
Advanced Press to return to the advanced menus.
Menu
✍ If you use the button to close the Basic menu, only the Basic menu appears when you press
again. To access the other menus, press f to highlight Advanced Menu, then press .
41
Other Information
Troubleshooting
If you have a problem with your TV, try the suggestions below. If the problem persists, see
“Contacting Sony” at the end of this section.
General
Problem Possible Remedies
I want to reset the TV ❏ Turn on the TV. While holding down the RESET button on the
to the factory remote control, press POWER button on the TV front panel. The
settings TV will turn itself off, then back on again. Release the RESET
button.
I cannot access other ❏ If you use the to close the Basic menu, only the Basic menu
menus when I am in appears when you press again. To access the other menus,
the Basic menu select the advanced menu option (page 41).
The TV is dirty ❏ Clean the TV with a soft dry cloth. Never use strong solvents such
as thinner or benzine, which might damage the finish of the
cabinet.
I lost the parental ❏ In the password screen, enter the following master password:
control password 4357. After using the master password, you must create a new
password. You cannot use the master to unlock currently blocked
channels.
There is a black box ❏ You have selected a text option in the Setup menu (page 40) and
on the screen no text is available. To turn off this feature, select Off in the
Caption Vision option. If you were trying to select closed
captioning, select CC1-4 instead of Text1-4.
There was a blackout ❏ Press the POWER button on your remote control or on the TV
or power outage, and front panel.
now the TV won't turn
on and the timer LED
is flashing
Digital cable box ❏ Be sure that you have not connected the digital cable box to the
does not work TV's TO CONVERTER jack. This jack is not compatible with
digital cable boxes.
❏ If you are connecting a VCR and digital cable box using a splitter,
as described in pages 15-16, you must use a special bi-directional
splitter that is designed to work with your digital cable box.
43
Remote Control
I cannot operate the ❏ Press TV (FUNCTION) when operating your TV.
remote control ❏ Check the orientation of the batteries.
❏ Batteries could be weak. Replace them (page 2).
❏ Move the TV three to four feet away from fluorescent lights.
I cannot change ❏ Make sure you have not inadvertently switched your TV from the
channels with the channel 3 or 4 setting if you are using another device to change
remote control channels.
❏ If you are using another device to control channels, be sure that
you have pressed the FUNCTION button for that device. For
example, if you are using your VCR to control channels, be sure to
press the VCR/DVD FUNCTION button (page 4).
I lost the remote ❏ You can use the front panel controls to access your menus, change
control channels, adjust the volume, or change video inputs (page 2).
Contact your nearest Sony Dealer to order a replacement, please
call our Sony Direct Accessory and Part Center at 1-800-488-7669
(U.S. residents only).
Programming The Remote Control

More than one code ❏ Try entering them one by one until you come to the correct code
is listed for your component.
I entered the wrong ❏ If you enter a new code number, the code number you previously
code number entered at that setting is erased.
I cannot operate a ❏ Use the component's own remote control.
component with the
remote control
When I changed the ❏ You must reprogram the remote control.
batteries, the code
numbers changed
back to the factory
settings
44
Other Information
Video
No picture, no ❏ Make sure the power cord is plugged in.
sound ❏ If a red light is flashing on the front of your TV for more than a
few minutes, disconnect and reconnect the power cord. If the
problem continues, call your local service center.
❏ Check the TV/VIDEO setting: when watching TV, set it to TV;
when watching video equipment, set it to VIDEO 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
(page 4).
❏ Make sure you have inserted the batteries correctly into the
remote control (page 2).
❏ Try another channel to rule out station trouble.
Poor or no picture, ❏ Adjust the Picture setting in the Video menu (page 28).
good sound ❏ Adjust the Brightness setting in the Video menu (page 28).
❏ Check the antenna and/or cable connections (page 11).
No color ❏ Adjust the Color setting in the Video menu (page 28).
Only snow appears ❏ Check the Cable setting in the Channel menu (page 31).
on the screen ❏ Check the antenna and/or cable connections (page 11).
❏ Make sure the channel selected is currently broadcasting.
Dotted lines or ❏ Adjust the antenna.
stripes ❏ Move the TV away from other electronic equipment. Some
electronic equipment creates electrical noise, which can interfere
with TV reception.
Double images or ❏ Check your outdoor antenna or call your cable service.
ghosts
Audio
Good picture, no ❏ Press so that Muting disappears from the screen (page 3).
sound ❏ Check your Audio settings. Your TV may be set to Auto SAP in
the MTS feature (page 29).
❏ Make sure the speaker option is set to On in the Audio Menu.
❏ Press to adjust your TV's volume.
45
Channels
I cannot receive ❏ Make sure Cable is set to Off in the Channel menu (page 31).
higher number ❏ Perform Auto Program to add channels that are not presently in
channels (UHF) when the memory (page 21).
using an antenna
Cable stations don’t ❏ Make sure Cable is set to On in the Channel menu (page 31).
seem to work ❏ Perform Auto Program to add channels that are not presently in
the memory (page 21).
I cannot get anything ❏ Be sure that you did not set the video in the Setup menu (page 40)
but TV to skip your video inputs. If a video input has been set to Skip, it
will be skipped when you press the TV/VIDEO buttons for either
the main or PIP pictures.
Picture in Picture (PIP)

The remote control ❏ Press the TV FUNCTION button. You may have inadvertently
doesn’t work in PIP pressed the VCR/DVD FUNCTION button, which changes the
mode PIP buttons to VCR mode (page 24).
There is no window ❏ Be sure your PIP window picture is set to a video source/channel
picture or it is just that has a program airing.
static ❏ You may be tuned to a video input with nothing connected to it.
Try cycling through your video inputs using the yellow PIP TV/
VIDEO button with the red dot (page 24).
I get the same ❏ Both may be set to the same channel. Try changing channels in
program in the either the main picture or the window picture (page 24).
window picture as in ❏ Your TV may be set up to select all your channels through a cable
the main picture box. The cable box will only unscramble one signal at a time, so
you cannot use the PIP feature. If possible, run a direct cable to the
VHF/UHF jack on your TV. This will only work if your cable
system provides an unscrambled signal (page 13).
I cannot see VIDEO ❏ Connected equipment in VIDEO 4-5 (Y, Pb, Pr) is not visible in PIP.
4-5 (Y, Pb, Pr) in PIP
Contacting Sony
Before calling our Customer Information Services Center, reset the TV to factory settings (see page 21). Please have
your TV serial number ready. The number is located on the rear of your TV and on the front cover of this manual.
Our Customer Information Services Center phone number is 1-800-222-SONY (7669) (US residents only) or (416) 499-
SONY (7669) (Canadian residents only).
46
Other Information
Specifications
For all models (except as noted)
Television system American TV standard/NTSC
Channel coverage VHF: 2-13/UHF: 14-69/CATV: 1-125
Antenna 75-ohm external antenna terminal for VHF/UHF
Picture tube FD Trinitron® tube
Power requirements 120V, 60 Hz
Supplied accessories Size AA (R6) batteries (2)
Remote Control RM-Y181 (1)
Inputs/outputs Inputs 1 video, 1 audio (front) Outputs
2 video, 2 audio (rear) 1 AUDIO OUT
1 S VIDEO
2 RF
2 Y, PB, PR, 2 audio
Optional accessories TV Stand: SU-27F1 for KV-27FS210
SU-32F1 for KV-32FS210
SU-36F1 for KV-36FS210
KV-27FS210
Screen size Visible screen size: 679 mm (27 inches) measured diagonally
Actual screen size: 736.6 mm (29 inches) measured diagonally
Speaker output 10 W x 2
Power consumption 175 W in use 1 W in standby
Dimensions (W/H/D) 784 x 601.5 x 520 mm (30 7/8 x 23 11/16 x 20 1/2 inches)
Mass 46.8 kg (103 lbs. 8 oz)
KV-32FS210
Screen size Visible screen size: 803 mm (32 inches) measured diagonally
Dimensions (W/H/D) 898 x 682 x 584 mm (35 3/8 x 26 7/8 x 23 inches)
Mass 75.8 kg (167 lbs .11oz)
KV-36FS210
Screen size Visible screen size: 911mm (36 inches) measured diagonally
Dimensions (W/H/D) 1020 x 760 x 640 mm (40 1/4 x 30 x 25 1/4 inches)
Mass 101.2 Kg (223 lbs)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
47
Index
16:9 Enhanced 40 F
A Favorite Channels 31
Audio Out 30 Front Panel 2
Auto Program 21, 32
Auto SAP 29 H
B Hue 28
Balance 29 L
Bass 29 Language 40
Batteries
M
Inserting in remote 2
Menus
Replacing 2
Audio 29
Brightness 28
Basic 41
C Channel 31
Cable 31 Parent 33
Cable Box Setup 40
Operating 8 Timer 39
Connections 12 Video 28
Caption Vision 40 Mode
Channel Fix 31 Movie 28
Channel Label 32 Pro 28
Channel Skip/Add 32 Standard 28
Color 28 Vivid 28
Color Temperature 28 MTS
Connections Auto SAP 29
Cable and antenna 11 Mono 29
Cable Box and Cable 13 Stereo 29
Connecting a Camcorder 20
P
Connecting a DVD Player 19
Parental Control 34
Connecting an Audio System 20
Picture 28
TV and Cable Box 12
Picture in Picture (PIP) 24
TV and Satellite Receiver 17
TV and VCR 14 R
TV, Satellite Receiver and VCR 18 Ratings
TV, VCR and Cable Box 15 English Rating 38
Current Time 39 French Rating 38
D Movie Rating 36
TV Rating 36
Demo 40
U.S.A. Rating 36
DISPLAY 4
Unrated 37
E Rear Panel 9
Effect Remote Control
Off 29 Description 3
Surround 29 Programming 5
49
S T
Setting the Rating 34 Tilt Correction 40
Sharpness 28 Timer 1 and Timer 2 39
SLEEP 3 Treble 29
Speaker 29 Troubleshooting 43
Specifications 47 TV Features 1
V
Video Label 40
VM 28
50
warranty.fm Page 89 Friday, January 31, 2003 2:57 PM
Color TV
LIMITED WARRANTY
This warranty is applicable to U.S. residents only. If you are a Canadian resident, see the separately enclosed warranty for
your product.
Sony Electronics Inc. (“Sony”) warrants this Product (including any accessories) against defects in material or
workmanship, subject to any conditions set forth as follows:
1. LABOR: For a period of 90 days from the date of purchase, if this Product is determined to be defective, Sony will
repair or replace the Product, at its option, at no charge, or pay the labor charges to any Sony authorized service
facility. After the Warranty Period, you must pay for all labor charges.
2. PARTS: In addition, Sony will supply, at no charge, new or rebuilt replacements in exchange for defective parts for a
period of one (1) year (color picture tube- two (2) years). After 90 days from the date of purchase, labor for removal
and installation is available from Sony authorized service facilities or a Sony Service Center at your expense.
3. ACCESSORIES: Parts and labor for all accessories are for one (1) year.
In-home diagnostic warranty service is provided during the initial 90 day period for 19” (measured diagonally), or larger
screen size through a Sony authorized service facility.
To obtain warranty service, you must take the Product, or deliver the Product freight prepaid, in either its original packaging
or packaging affording an equal degree or protection, to any authorized Sony service facility.
This warranty does not cover customer instruction, installation, set up adjustments or signal reception problems.
This warranty does not cover cosmetic damage or damage due to acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, negligence,
commercial use, or modification of, or to any part of the Product, including the antenna. This warranty does not cover
damage due to improper operation or maintenance, connection to improper voltage supply, or attempted repair by anyone
other than facility authorized by Sony to service the Product. This warranty does not cover Products sold AS IS or WITH
ALL FAULTS, or consumables (such as fuses or batteries). This warranty is valid only in the United States.
Proof of purchase in the form of a bill of sale or receipted invoice which is evidence that the unit is within the Warranty
period must be presented to obtain warranty service.
This warranty is invalid if the factory applied serial number has been altered or removed from the Product.
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT AS PROVIDED UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE
CONSUMER. SONY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH
OF ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY ON THIS PRODUCT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WARRANTY.
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or allows limitations on how
long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. In addition, if you enter into a
service contract with the Sony Partnership within 90 days of the date of sale, the limitation on how long an implied warranty
lasts does not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights which vary from
state to state.
For your convenience, Sony Electronics Inc. has established telephone numbers for frequently asked questions:
To locate the servicer or dealer nearest you, or for service assistance or resolution of a service problem, or for product
information or operation, call:
Sony Customer Information Service Center
1-(800)-222-7669
Or visit the Sony Web Site:
www.sony.com
For an accessory or part not available from your authorized dealer, call:
1-(800)-488-SONY(7669)
User Guide
Sony Corporation Printed in U.S.A.

01ES01COV-BR2.book Page 1 Wednesday, March 12, 2003 9:58 AM
Conexión de equipo adicional 4-094-034-41
Manual de instrucciones
KV-29FA210
© 2003 por Corporación Sony

01ES01COV-BR2.book Page iii Wednesday, March 12, 2003 9:58 AM
Conexión de equipo adicional
ADVERTENCIA ✍ Se advierte que cualquier cambio o modificación que

Para evitar el riesgo de incendio o descarga eléctrica, no exponga el no se apruebe de modo explícito en este manual podría
televisor a la lluvia o humedad. anular su autorización para utilizar este equipo.
NOTIFICACION
CAUTION Este aparato ha sido debidamente probado, comprobándose que
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK cumple con los límites impuestos a dispositivos digitales Clase B de
DO NOT OPEN acuerdo con la Sección 15 de las normas de la FCC. Estos límites se
establecieron para ofrecer protección razonable contra interferencias
ATTENTION perjudiciales en las instalaciones residenciales. Este aparato genera, usa
RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, y puede emitir energía radioeléctrica. De no instalarse y utilizarse de
NE PAS OUVRIR acuerdo con las instrucciones correspondientes, podría producir
PRECAUCION interferencias perjudiciales en las radiocomunicaciones. No obstante,
no puede garantizarse que no se produzcan estas interferencias en una
RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO
NO ABRIR instalación determinada. Si este aparato llega a interferir en la
recepción de radio o televisión, lo que podrá comprobarse encendiendo
y apagando el aparato, se recomienda al usuario intentar corregir la
PRECAUCION: PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE DESCARGA interferencia mediante una o más de las siguientes medidas:
ELECTRICA NO RETIRE LA CUBIERTA NI LA PARTE POSTERIOR ❏ Reoriente o cambie de lugar las antenas receptoras.
DE ESTE APARATO. ❏ Aumente la distancia que separa este aparato del
receptor afectado.
NO CONTIENE PIEZAS QUE EL USUARIO PUEDA REPARAR.
PARA SERVICIO ACUDA A PERSONAL ESPECIALIZADO. ❏ Conecte el aparato en una toma de corriente de un
circuito distinto al que esté conectado el receptor que está
afectado.
Este símbolo señala al usuario la presencia de voltaje ❏ Consulte con el distribuidor o solicite los servicios de un
peligroso sin aislamiento en el interior del aparato de tal técnico capacitado en radio y televisión.
intensidad que podría presentar riesgo de descarga Cualquier cambio o modificación que no se detalla
eléctrica. expresamente en el presente manual podría invalidar su
autorización para emplear este aparato.
Este símbolo indica al usuario que el manual que acompaña
a este aparato contiene instrucciones importantes referentes Protección del televisor
a su funcionamiento y mantenimiento. ❏ Para evitar el sobrecalentamiento interno, no obstruya los
orificios de ventilación.
Nota para el instalador de CATV ❏ No instale el televisor en un lugar con temperatura
Esta nota pretende llamar la atención del instalador del sistema CATV elevada, humedad, exceso de polvo o donde puedan
en relación con el artículo 820-40 de la NEC que proporciona las pautas producirse vibraciones.
para una adecuada conexión a tierra y, en particular, especifica que el
cable de conexión a tierra debe estar conectado al sistema de toma de Nota sobre Caption Vision
tierra del edificio lo más cerca posible de la entrada del cable. Este receptor de televisión proporciona pantalla de televisión con
visualización de subtítulos de acuerdo con el punto § 15.119 del
PRECAUCIONES DE SEGURIDAD reglamento de la FCC.
❏ Utilice el televisor con ca (corriente alterna) como se El uso del televisor con finalidades distintas a la visualización
menciona a continuación para todos los países excepto en privada de emisiones de programas en UHF o VHF o transmisiones
donde se indique: vía cable dirigidas al público en general puede requerir la
ca 120 V 60 Hz autorización de la compañía de emisión por cable y/o del
ca 220 V 50/60 Hz (Chile, Perú, Bolivia) propietario del programa.
❏ Una terminal del enchufe es más ancha que la otra para Información para el propietario
garantizar la seguridad y solo se podrá introducir en la Los números de serie y modelo están situados en la portada de este
toma de corriente de una manera (sólo los modelos con manual y en la parte posterior del televisor.
ca 120 V). Si no puede insertar completamente el enchufe
en la toma, póngase en contacto con su proveedor. Marcas comerciales y derechos de autor
❏ Si se introduce algún objeto sólido o líquido en el ENERGY STAR® es una marca registrada.
televisor, desconéctelo y haga que sea revisado por
personal especializado antes de volver a utilizarlo. En calidad de compañía asociada a
ENERGY STAR®, Sony ha determinado
PRECAUCION que este producto o modelo de
PARA EVITAR DESCARGAS ELÉCTRICAS, INTRODUZCA EL producto cumple con las directrices de
ENCHUFE EN EL TOMACORRIENTE POR COMPLETO, CON EL uso eficiente de energía de ENERGY
CONTACTO ANCHO DEL ENCHUFE EN LA RANURA ANCHA STAR®.
DEL TOMACORRIENTE.
Al usar videojuegos, computadoras y productos similares con el
televisor, mantenga los ajustes de brillo y contraste a un nivel WEGA® , FD Trinitron, Caption Vision y Steady Sound (Auto
moderado. Si una imagen inmóvil permanece en la pantalla durante Volumen) son marcas registradas de Corporación Sony.
un periodo prolongado con elevada intensidad de brillo o contraste, la Con licencia de BBE Sound, Inc. bajo USP 4638258.4482866. BBE y el
imagen podría quedar grabada en la pantalla en forma permanente. símbolo BBE son marcas comerciales de BBE Sound, Inc.
Igualmente, ver continuamente el mismo canal de televisión podría WOW y el símbolo ( )® son marcas comerciales de SRS
dejar grabada en la pantalla el logotipo de la emisora. La garantía no Labs, Inc. La tecnología WOW se ha incorporado bajo
cubre este tipo de anomalías, ya que se deben al mal uso del aparato. licencia de SRS Labs, Inc.
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, no
utilice el enchufe polarizado con un cable de
extensión, un receptáculo ni otras tomas, a
menos que las terminales estén bien insertadas
y no queden expuestas.
01ES01COV-BR2.book Page iv Wednesday, March 12, 2003 9:58 AM
Normas importantes Introducción de objetos y líquidos

No introduzca objetos de ningún tipo a través de
sobre seguridad las ranuras del gabinete, ya que podrían tocar
puntos de tensión peligrosa o provocar
Para su protección, lea detenidamente estas instrucciones y guarde este cortocircuitos de piezas, lo que podría resultar en
manual para futuras consultas. incendios o descargas eléctricas. No derrame nunca
Lea cuidadosamente todas las advertencias y precauciones y siga las ningún tipo de líquido sobre el televisor.
instrucciones inscritas en el televisor o descritas en el manual de
instrucciones o de reparación. Accesorios
ADVERTENCIA No utilice ningún accesorio no recomendado por el
Para protegerse contra daños personales, siga las precauciones de fabricante, ya que podría ser peligroso.
seguridad básicas durante la instalación, la utilización y el No coloque ningún tipo de objetos, especialmente
mantenimiento del televisor indicadas a continuación. objetos pesados, encima del aparato. Podrían caerse del
aparato y causar lesiones.
USO Limpieza
Antes de limpiar el televisor, desconéctelo
Fuentes de alimentación de la alimentación. No utilice limpiadores
Este televisor solamente deberá alimentarse líquidos ni aerosoles. Para limpiar el
con el tipo de fuente de alimentación indicado exterior del televisor, emplee un paño
en la etiqueta de serie/modelo. Si no está ligeramente humedecido en agua.
seguro sobre el tipo de red eléctrica de su Si se produce un ruido continuo o intermitente
hogar, consulte a su proveedor o a la compañía en el interior del aparato de televisión mientras
de suministro eléctrico local. En caso de un está en funcionamiento, desconecte el televisor y
televisor diseñado para alimentarse con póngase en contacto con el proveedor o con el
baterías, consulte su manual de instrucciones. servicio de asistencia técnica. Es normal que
Conexión a tierra o polarización algunos aparatos de televisión produzcan
ocasionalmente este tipo de ruidos,
Este aparato cuenta con cable eléctrico con clavija polarizada (con una especialmente cuando se conectan y
terminal más ancha que la otra), o con tres terminales (la tercera es para desconectan.
la conexión). Siga las instrucciones indicadas a continuación:
Para los equipos con un enchufe de cable de Instalación
Para levantar o mover el aparato siempre se deberá hacer entre dos o
alimentación de ca polarizado más personas. El aparato es pesado y la superficie inferior es plana. Si
El enchufe se introduce en la toma de corriente intenta mover el aparato sin ayuda o lo manipula de forma insegura,
en una única dirección. Se trata de una puede producirse lesiones graves. Instale el aparato sobre una
característica de seguridad. Si no puede insertar superficie plana y estable.
completamente el enchufe en la toma, intente Agua y humedad
girar el enchufe. Si sigue teniendo problemas
para insertar el enchufe, póngase en contacto con su electricista para No utilice aparatos de
que le instale una toma adecuada. No ponga a prueba la finalidad de alimentación eléctrica cerca del
seguridad del enchufe polarizado forzándolo. agua — por ejemplo, cerca de
una bañera, un lavabo, un
Advertencia alternativa fregadero o una lavadora, en
Para los equipos con un enchufe de ca con tres un sótano húmedo, ni cerca de
una piscina, etc.
cables de conexión de tierra Colocación
Este enchufe únicamente se acoplará a una toma de
corriente de conexión a tierra. Se trata de una No coloque el televisor sobre una mesita con ruedas, un pedestal, una mesa
característica de seguridad. Si no puede insertar el o un estante inestable. El televisor podría caer, causando daños serios a
enchufe en la toma, póngase en contacto con su niños, adultos y al propio televisor. Utilice solamente la mesita de ruedas o
electricista para que le instale una toma adecuada. soporte recomendado por el fabricante para el modelo específico. La
No ponga a prueba la seguridad del enchufe de conexión a tierra. combinación de un televisor y un mueble con ruedas deberá moverse con
cuidado. Las paradas bruscas, la fuerza excesiva y las superficies desiguales
Sobrecarga pueden hacer que el aparato y el mueble volqueen.
No sobrecargue las tomas de pared, los cables Desconecte todos los cables del
de extensión ni los receptáculos más allá de su aparato antes de intentar moverlo.
capacidad, puesto que podría producirse un
incendio o una descarga eléctrica. Apague No permita que niños o animales
siempre el aparato cuando no lo utilice. Si no se suban encima del aparato o lo
va a utilizar el aparato durante un tiempo empujen. El aparato podría caerse
prolongado, desconéctelo de la toma de pared y causar lesiones graves.
como precaución ante la posibilidad de que se Ventilación
produzca un mal funcionamiento interno que Las ranuras y aberturas en la parte posterior o inferior del televisor son
pueda provocar un incendio. para permitir la ventilación necesaria. Para asegurar la operación fiable
No desconecte la antena ni el cable de del televisor y protegerlo contra el sobrecalentamiento, estas ranuras y
alimentación en caso de tormenta. Los aberturas no deberán cubrirse ni bloquearse nunca.
relámpagos podrían descargar mientras ❏ No tape las ranuras ni aberturas con
sujeta el cable y provocarle lesiones paños ni otros materiales.
graves. Apague el televisor y espere que el
tiempo mejore.
❏ No bloquee las ranuras ni aberturas

colocando el televisor sobre una cama,
sofá, alfombra u otras superficies
similares.
01ES01COV-BR2.book Page v Wednesday, March 12, 2003 9:58 AM
❏ No coloque el televisor en un lugar cerrado, Reparación

como en un librero o un mueble empotrado,
a menos que esté adecuadamente ventilado. Daños que requieren reparación
Desconecte el aparato de la toma de pared y haga que sea revisado por
personal calificado cuando se produzcan las siguientes condiciones:
❏ No coloque el televisor cerca, ni sobre un
radiador o una salida de aire caliente, ni ❏ Si el cable de
expuesto a la luz solar directa. alimentación o el
enchufe están dañados o
deshilachados.
Protección del cable de alimentación
No permita que ningún objeto quede sobre el cable de ❏ Si se ha vertido líquido
alimentación, ni coloque el televisor donde el cable en el interior del aparato o si se
pueda quedar sometido a desgaste o presión. han caído objetos en el interior del
producto.
Conexión a tierra o polarización
Este aparato puede estar equipado con un enchufe de línea de corriente
alterna polarizado (con una terminal más ancha que la otra). El enchufe
sólo se puede introducir en la toma de corriente en una dirección. Se
trata de una característica de seguridad. Si no puede insertar
completamente el enchufe en la toma, intente girarlo. Si sigue teniendo ❏ Si el aparato se ha expuesto a
problemas para introducir el enchufe, póngase en contacto con su lluvia o agua.
electricista para que sustituya la toma obsoleta. No ponga a prueba la
seguridad del enchufe polarizado.
Antenas
❏ Si el aparato se ha caído y ha sufrido
Conexión a tierra de una antena exterior golpes excesivos o si se ha dañado la
Para instalar una antena exterior, siga los procedimientos que se unidad.
indican a continuación. Los sistemas de antenas exteriores no deben
situarse cerca de líneas eléctricas o circuitos de alimentación o luz
eléctrica, o bien donde pueda entrar en contacto con dichas líneas
eléctricas o circuitos. ❏ Si el aparato no funciona con
CUANDO INSTALE UN SISTEMA DE ANTENA EXTERIOR, normalidad al seguir las instrucciones
EXTREME LAS PRECAUCIONES Y MANTÉNGALO ALEJADO DE del manual. Ajuste solamente los
DICHAS LINEAS ELECTRICAS O CIRCUITOS, DADO QUE EL controles que se especifican en el
CONTACTO PUEDE RESULTAR FATAL. manual de instrucciones. El ajuste
Asegúrese de que el sistema de antena tiene conexión a tierra para inadecuado de otros controles puede
proporcionar protección contra los incrementos de voltaje y el aumento provocar daños y a menudo requerirá
de las cargas estáticas. El apartado 810 del Código Eléctrico Nacional mucho trabajo por parte de un técnico calificado para
(NEC) en EE.UU. y el apartado 54 del Código eléctrico de Canadá restablecer el funcionamiento normal del aparato.
proporcionan información relativa a la conexión a tierra adecuada del
mástil y de la estructura de soporte, la conexión a tierra del cable de
❏ Si el aparato muestra un cambio de rendimiento
conexión a la unidad de descarga de la antena, el tamaño de los significativo, debe repararse.
conductores de la conexión a tierra, la ubicación de la unidad de Asistencia técnica
descarga de la antena, la conexión de los electrodos de conexión a tierra No intente reparar por sí mismo el aparato ya
y los requisitos de los electrodos de conexión a tierra. que al abrir el gabinete se vería expuesto a
Conexión a tierra de la antena de acuerdo con tensiones peligrosas y otros riesgos. Solicite los
servicios de personal de reparación calificado.
el Código Eléctrico Nacional, ANSI/NFPA 70
Piezas de reemplazo
Si necesita piezas de reemplazo, asegúrese de
que el técnico certifique por escrito que ha
Acometida de antena utilizado piezas de reemplazo especificadas por
el fabricante con las mismas características que
las piezas originales. El uso de piezas no
Abrazadera de autorizadas puede provocar incendios, descargas
conexión a tierra eléctricas y otros peligros.
Unidad de descarga
de la antena Comprobación de seguridad
(Sección 810-20 del NEC) Después de realizar cualquier reparación del
Equipo del servicio aparato, solicite al técnico de la reparación que
de suministro Conductores a tierra realice comprobaciones rutinarias de seguridad
eléctrico (como especifica el fabricante) para determinar si
(Sección 810-21 del NEC)
el aparato se encuentra en condiciones seguras de
Abrazadera de conexión a tierra funcionamiento y certificarlo. Cuando el aparato
Sistema de electrodos de conexión a llega al final de su vida útil, debe desecharse
NEC: Código Eléctrico Nacional tierra del servicio de suministro eléctrico adecuadamente para evitar una implosión del
(Artículo 250, Parte H del NEC) tubo de la imagen. Consulte a un técnico de
reparación calificado para depositar el aparato.
Rayos
Para mayor protección del receptor de televisión durante una tormenta
con rayos o cuando no se utiliza durante largos periodos de tiempo,
desconéctelo de la toma de pared y desconecte la antena. Con ello
evitará que los rayos y los incrementos de voltaje dañen el receptor.
01ES01COV-BR2.book Page vi Wednesday, March 12, 2003 9:58 AM
GLOSARIO
Auto Volumen Estabiliza el volumen
BBE Reproduce las señales originales de audio de manera fiel, al añadir
progresivamente un tiempo de demora a las frecuencias bajas para
lograr un sonido natural
Caption Vision Despliegue de subtítulos
CH Canal
Code set Programación de códigos
Demo Demostración
Display Pantalla de visualización, Desplegar información (canal, hora)
DSS Sistema digital de Satélite
DVD Reproductor de DVD
Dynamic Bass Response System Sistema Dinámico de Respuesta de Bajos
Enter Ingresar
Function Función
Guide Guía
In, Input Entrada
Jump Alternador de canales
L Izquierda (Left)
L/R Izquierda/Derecha (Left/Right)
MTS Sonido multicanal del televisor
Muting Silenciador
Out Salida
Picture Mode Visualización de la imagen
Power Función de encendido
R Derecha (Right)
Reset Restablecer, Reiniciar
SAP Programa secundario de audio
Satellite Satélite
Sleep Apaga el televisor automáticamente
SRS Sistema de Recuperación de Sonido
Subwoofer Unidad de altavoz diseñada especialmente para frecuencias de la
parte subgrave del espectro del sonido
System Off Apagado de sistema
TruSurround Produce un sonido tridimensional dinámico en las señales audio
estéreo.
UHF Señal de televisión de frecuencias ultra altas
VCR Videograbadora
VHF Señal de televisión de frecuencias altas
VM Modulación de velocidad
WOW Recrea los graves con más fuerza y al mismo tiempo hace que los
diálogos sean más claros
Contenido
Introducción
Características del Televisor FD Trinitron WEGA® .................................................................. 1
Acerca de este manual ................................................................................................................... 2
Baterías para el control remoto ..................................................................................................... 2
Controles del Menú del panel frontal .......................................................................................... 2
Uso del Control Remoto y Funciones

Descripción del control remoto .................................................................................................... 3
Programación del control remoto................................................................................................. 5
Utilizando el control remoto del Televisor para operar otros equipos................................... 7
Conexión del Televisor

Panel posterior del Televisor......................................................................................................... 9
Conexiones básicas ....................................................................................................................... 11
Conexion del Dynamic Bass Response System (Subwoofer Externo) .................................. 12
Conexiones del decodificador..................................................................................................... 13
Conexión de equipo adicional .................................................................................................... 15
Uso de las funciones básicas

Ajuste automático del Televisor ................................................................................................. 23
Acceso rápido a los Menús.......................................................................................................... 24
Uso de los Menús

Para accesar a un Menús.............................................................................................................. 27
Uso del Menú de Video ............................................................................................................... 28
Uso del Menú de Audio............................................................................................................... 29
Uso del Menú de Canal................................................................................................................ 31
Uso del Menú de Bloqueo de Canal........................................................................................... 33
Uso del Menú de Timer (Reloj)................................................................................................... 34
Uso del Menú de Ajustes ............................................................................................................. 35
Uso del Menú Básico .................................................................................................................... 36
Información adicional
Solución de problemas ................................................................................................................. 37
Especificaciones............................................................................................................................. 40
Índice alfabético ............................................................................................................................. 41

Introducción
Gracias por la compra del Televisor FD Trinitron WEGA® de Sony.
Características del Televisor FD Trinitron WEGA®

Algunas de las características que disfrutará son:
❏ FD Trinitron CRT Plano — Su cinescopio tecnológicamente avanzado ofrece una imagen
con precisión absoluta y notable detalle.
❏ Dynamic Bass ResponseSystem — Nuevo sistema exclusivo de SONY que aumenta los
sonidos bajos a través de un subwoofer externo de gran potencia.
❏ Entradas Y, PB, PR — Conexión de entrada de video para una calidad de imagen superior.
(480i únicamente).
❏ WOW — Una nueva función de audio que proporciona un excelente sonido con bajos
profundos e intensos. Al activar WOW, BBE se activa directamente para mejorar aun más
el programa de audio.
❏ TruSurround — Produce un sonido tridimensional dinámico en las señales audio estéreo.
❏ Imagen dentro de una Imagen (PIP) — Le permite ver dos canales al mismo tiempo.
❏ BBE — Reproduce las señales originales de audio de manera fiel, al añadir
progresivamente un tiempo de demora a las preferencias bajas para lograr un sonido
natural.
❏ Función de bloqueo de canales — Una herramienta para ayudar a que los padres
controlen lo que ven sus hijos.
❏ Canales Favoritos — Acceso instantáneo a sus canales favoritos con sólo presionar un
botón.
❏ Info — Una función práctica que muestra el nombre y el tiempo restante del programa en
curso, si la información está disponible.
❏ Control Remoto Universal — Puede programar el control remoto para operar con él su
decodificador de cable, Videograbadora, receptor de satélite digital o reproductor de
DVD.
❏ Energy Star® — Cumple con las directivas Energy Star de eficiencia en el uso de la energía
eléctrica.
❏ Controles del Panel Frontal — Permiten el acceso a los Menú de pantalla sin el control
remoto.
❏ Entradas de A/V frontales — Conexión rápida para videojuegos, cámaras de video y
equipos estéreo/mono.
❏ Silenciamiento automático — Función diseñada para silenciar automáticamente el
Televisor cuando no se reciben señales.
1
Acerca de este manual

Este manual proporciona instrucciones para ayudarle a disfrutar de su nuevo Televisor.
Muestra como conectarlo a la antena o el cable, al decodificador de cable, a la Videograbadora,
al reproductor de DVD, al receptor de satélite, al sistema estéreo o a la cámara de video. Una
vez conectado, siga las instrucciones y utilice el control remoto para accesar a los menús de
pantalla.
Baterías para el control remoto

Introduzca dos baterías de tipo AA (R6) (incluidas) en el control remoto como se muestra en la
siguiente ilustración.
✍ En condiciones de uso normales, las baterías tienen una duración máxima de seis meses. Si el control
remoto no funciona correctamente, es posible que las baterías estén gastadas.
✍ Si no va a utilizar el control remoto durante largo tiempo, quite las baterías para evitar posibles daños
por fugas.
Controles del Menú del panel frontal
Los controles del panel frontal de audio/video le permiten accesar al Menú sin utilizar el
control remoto.
❏ Presione para que aparezca el menú en pantalla.
❏ Use los botones y del panel frontal de audio/video en lugar del control remoto.
❏ Utilice el botón del panel frontal de audio/video para navegar a través de los menús y
después seleccione una opción. Los controles del panel frontal también le permiten
cambiar los canales, ajustar el volumen y cambiar las entradas de video.
✍ Para navegar por los menús con el control remoto, consulte “Uso de los Menú” en la página 27.
2

Descripción del Control Remoto
Esta sección le muestra cómo utilizar todos los botones del control remoto.
Botón Descripción
1 MUTING Presione para desactivar el sonido. Presiónelo de
Silenciamiento nuevo o presione para restaurar el sonido.
automático
2 SYSTEM OFF Presiónelo para apagar todos los aparatos que estén
A L Apagar sistema programados en el control remoto, consulte
“Programación del control remoto” en la página 5.
3 TV/VCR Presiónelo para cambiar entre los modos de televisión y
B M Videograbadora. Si su Videograbadora no es marca Sony,
tendrá que programar el control remoto para que pueda
C N reconocer su Videograbadora. Para más detalles, consulte
“Programación del control remoto” en la página 5.
D 4 ANT (antena) Presiónelo para cambiar la entrada de VHF/UHF a AUX.
O
E P
5 PICTURE MODE Presione repetidamente para recorrer las modalidades
Modo de imagen de imagen disponibles: Vívido, Estándar, Película y
F Q Pro. Esta función se encuentra también en el Menú de
Video. Consulte “Uso del Menú de Video” en la “Uso
del Control Remoto y Funciones”.
R 6 SLEEP Presione repetidamente hasta que aparezca el número de

Apagado minutos (15, 30, 45, 60 o 90) que quiera tener encendido
automático el Televisor antes de apagarse automáticamente. Para
cancelar este modo, presione el botón hasta que aparezca
G Sleep No. Estando activado el modo de Sleep, presiónelo
una vez para ver el tiempo restante.
H S
/
7 JUMP Presione para alternar entre dos canales. El Televisor
T Alternar cambia del canal actual al último canal seleccionado.
8 TV/SAT Presione para alternar entre las entradas TV y SAT
I U (satélite) cuando esté en modo SAT de la barra
FUNCTION (función).
Presione para accesar directamente a los ajustes de
Efecto de Audio(Surround, No), cuando el control
J V remoto esté en modo TV de la barra FUNCTION
(función). Consulte “Uso del Control Remoto y
Funciones” en la página 29 para más detalles.
K
9 RESET Presiónelo para volver a la configuración de fábrica
Restablecer cuando esté en un menú de pantalla.
q; VOL (volumen) Presione (+) o (-) para ajustar el volumen.
qa CODE SET Programe con él su control remoto para que pueda
Juego de códigos operar el equipo de video conectado al Televisor,
consulte “Programación del Control Remoto” en la
página 5.
qs Botones POWER Presiónelos para encender y apagar su Televisor o el
Botones de equipo conectado de audio/video que tenga
encendido/apagado programado en el control remoto, consulte
“Programación del Control Remoto” en la página 5.
3
Botón Descripción
qd Botones Presiónelos para seleccionar el equipo conectado
FUNCTION (Televisor, Videograbadora/reproductor de DVD,
Botones de función receptor de satélite/cable) que desee utilizar con el
control remoto.
qf PIP (Imagen dentro Presiónelos para operar la función PIP. Consulte “Uso
de una Imagen) de Imagen dentro de una Imagen (PIP)” en la
página 26.
VCR Presione para operar su Videograbadora. La
(Funcionamiento) Videograbadora deberá estar programada en el control
remoto, consulte “Programación del control remoto”
en la página 5.
y Presione el botón y el botón al mismo tiempo
(para grabar) para grabar programas con su Videograbadora (el
control remoto debe haberse programado para poder
utilizar esta opción).
N Reproducir.
m Regresar.
M Avance rápido.
x Parar.
X Pausa. Presiónelo de nuevo para reanudar la
reproducción normal.
qg TV/VIDEO Presiónelo para alternar entre las entradas de video
disponibles.
qh DISPLAY Presione una vez para ver la hora actual, el nombre del
Mostrar canal (si se ha definido) y el número del canal.
Presiónelo nuevamente para desactivar la función.
Consulte “Uso del Menú de Timer (Reloj)” en la
página 34 para conocer más detalles.
qj MTS/SAP Presiónelo para recorrer las opciones de Sonido
Multicanal del Televisor (MTS): Estéreo, Mono y Auto
SAP ( Segundo Programa de Audio).
qk Botones 0 9 y Presiónelos para cambiar los canales directamente. El
ENTER (introducir) canal cambia después de 2 segundos.
ql GUIDE Presiónelo para mostrar la guía de programas de su
Guía antena de satélite.
w; Presione los botones con flechas para mover el cursor
en los menús en pantalla. Presione el botón central
para seleccionar una opción o accesar a ella.
wa MENU Presione este botón para ver el Menú en pantalla.
Presiónelo de nuevo para salir del Menú en cualquier
momento.
ws CH (canal) Presione para cambiar de canal. Para navegar
rápidamente a través de los canales, presione y
manténgase así el botón CH+ o CH-.
✍ Para obtener información sobre los botones de operación de Imagen dentro de una Imagen (PIP),
consulte la página 26.
✍ Si pierde su control remoto, consulte la página 5.
4
Programación del Control Remoto

Para de usar el Control Remoto con otro equipo necesita programar su control remoto. Use el
siguiente procedimiento para programarlo.
1 Consulte la lista de “Códigos del Fabricante” en la página (fix page reference) y busque el
código de tres dígitos que corresponden a su componenete (si más de un código aparece
en la lista, utilice la primera opción).
2 Presione .
3 El botón y se iluminan cuando se presiona el botón .
4 Para indicar el tipo de componente que quiere programar con el control remoto presione
o botón que están en la barra de FUNCTION.
✍ Debe hacer el paso número 4 antes de 10 segundos de haber realizado el punto 3, de lo contrario
deberá hacer de nuevo el paso 2 y 3.
5 Use los botones del 0 9 para programar los tres dígitos que corresponden al código del
fabricante.
6 Presione .
7 Para verificar que el código funciona, apunte el control remoto hacia al componente y
presione el botón verde de POWER (encendido) que corresponde al aparato. Si este
responde habrá terminado, de lo contrario intente usar los otros códigos que
corresponden al fabricante.
✍ Si tiene algún problema al programar su control remoto vea la sección de "Solución de Problemas" en
la página de este manual.
5
Códigos del Fabricante Optimus 327 Reproductores de DVD

Orion 217 Sony 751
Videograbadora
Panasonic 308, 309, 306, General 755
Sony 301, 302, 303 307 Electric
Admiral 327 Pentax 305, 304 Hitachi 758
(M. Ward) Philco 308, 309 JVC 756
Aiwa 338, 344 Pioneer 308 Magnavox 757
Audio 314, 337 Quasar 308, 309, 306
Dynamic Mitsubishi 761
RCA/ 304, 305, 308, Oritron 759
Broksonic 319, 317 PROSCAN 309, 311, 312,
Canon 309, 308 313, 310, 329 Panasonic 753
Citizen 332 Realistic 309, 330, 328, Philips 757
335, 324, 338 Pioneer 752
Craig 302, 332
Sansui 314 RCA/Proscan 755
Criterion 315
Samsung 322, 313, 321 Samsung 758
Curtis Mathes 304, 338, 309
Sanyo 330, 335 Decodificadores
Daewoo 341, 312, 309
Scott 312, 313, 321,
DBX 314, 336, 337 335, 323, 324, Jerrold/G.I./ 201, 202, 203,
325, 326 Motorala 204, 205, 206,
Dimensia 304 207, 208, 218
Emerson 319, 320, 316, Sharp 327, 328
Oak 227, 228, 229
317, 318, 341 Signature 2000 338, 327
Panasonic 219, 220, 221
Fisher 330, 335 (M. Ward)
Pioneer 214, 215
Funai 338 SV2000 338
Scientific 209, 210, 211
General 329, 304, 309 Sylvania 308, 309, 338,
310 Atlanta
Electric
Symphonic 338 Tocom 216, 217
Go Video 322, 339, 340
Tashiro 332 Zenith 212, 213
Goldstar 332
Hitachi 306, 304, 305, Tatung 314, 336, 337 Receptores satelitales
338 Teac 314, 336, 338, Sony 801
Instant Replay 309, 308 337 DIRECT TV 809
JC Penney 309, 305, 304, Technics 309, 308 Dish Network 810
330, 314, 336, Toshiba 312, 311
337 Echostar 810
Wards 327, 328, 335, General 802
JVC 314, 336, 337, 331, 332
345, 346, 347 Electric
Yamaha 314, 330, 336, Hitachi 805
Kenwood 314, 336, 332, 337
337 Hughes 804
Zenith 331
LXI (Sears) 332, 305, 330, Mitsubishi 809
335, 338 Reproductores de Disco Panasonic 803
Magnavox 308, 309, 310 Láser RCA/ 802, 808
Marantz 314, 336, 337 Sony 701 PROSCAN
Marta 332 Panasonic 704, 710 Toshiba 806, 807
Memorex 309, 335 Pioneer 720
Minolta 305, 304 Decodificadores
Mitsubishi/ 323, 324, 325, Sony 230
MGA 326
Hamlin/Regal 222, 223, 224,
Multitech 325, 338, 321 225, 226
NEC 314, 336, 337
6
Utilizando el control remoto de su Televisor para operar

otros equipos
Uso de una Videograbadora
Presione Para
Encender la Videograbadora (botones en verde)
0 9 Seleccionar los canales directamente
Cambiar de canal
Reproducir cintas de video

Detener el funcionamiento
moM Utilizar las flechas para desplazarse en el Menú y el botón de en medio para
seleccionar.
Poner en pausa
y
Grabar
(Simultáneamente)
Alternar entre las entradas TV y VCR
Uso de un Reproductor de DVD

Presione Para
Encender el reproductor de DVD (botones en verde)
0 9 Seleccionar capítulos directamente
Buscar capítulos hacia adelante o hacia atrás
Reproducir un DVD
Poner en pausa
Mostrar el Menú del DVD
Utilizar las flechas para desplazarse en el Menú y el botón de en medio para

seleccionar.
Uso de un Reproductor de Discos Laser

Presione Para
Encender el reproductor de discos láser (botones en verde)
Buscar capítulos hacia adelante o hacia atrás
Reproducir discos
Poner en pausa
7
Con un Receptor de Satélite

Presione Para
Encender el receptor de Satelital
0 9 Seleccionar un canal
Cambiar de canal
Volver al canal anterior
/ Cambiar la modalidad de entrada
Ver el numero de canal
Ver la guía SAT
Ver el menú SAT
Utilizar las flechas para desplazarse en el Menú y el botón de en medio para

seleccionar.
Con un Decodificador
Presione Para
Encender el decodificador
0 9 Seleccionar un canal
Cambiar de canal
Volver al canal anterior
8

Lea esta sección antes de instalar el Televisor por primera vez. Encender el decodificador
sección hace referencia a las conexiones básicas, así como a cualquier otro equipo opcional que
conecte.
Panel posterior del Televisor
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc.

under USP4638258, 4482866.
PB BBE and the BBE symbol are
PR trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
3
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
4 5 6 7 8
Toma Descripción
3 VHF/UHF Establece una conexión con el cable o la antena de VHF/UHF.
4 S VIDEO Establece una conexión con la toma S VIDEO OUT (salida de
S VIDEO) de la Videograbadora o de otro equipo de video con
S VIDEO. S VIDEO proporciona una mejor calidad de imagen
que las tomas VHF/UHF o la toma de entrada de video. Como
S VIDEO no proporciona sonido, debe mantener conectados los
cables de audio.
5 VIDEO/AUDIO (L/R) Establece una conexión con las tomas de salida de AUDIO/
VIDEO de la Videograbadora o de otro equipo de video. En el
panel frontal del Televisor existe una tercera toma de entrada de
video (VIDEO 2). Estas tomas de entrada de AUDIO/VIDEO
proporcionan una mejor calidad de imagen que la toma
VHF/UHF.
6 Y, PB, PR/ L, R Se conecta a las tomas de entrada de video para componentes Y,
PB, PR y las tomas AUDIO L y R del reproductor de DVD o la
caja decodificadora digital (480i únicamente).
9
Toma Descripción
7 AUDIO OUT Se conecta a las tomas de entrada AUDIO L y R del equipo de
(VAR/FIX) audio. Puede escuchar el sonido del Televisor con el equipo de
L(MONO)/R sonido.
8 Dynamic Bass La conexión del Dynamic Bass Response System (subwoofer
Response System externo) acentuá los sonidos bajos para mejor calidad de sonido.
(Subwoofer)
10
Conexiones Básicas
Televisión con Decodificador o Antena Exterior o Interior
Dependiendo del sistema de decodificador disponible en su casa, elija una de las siguientes
opciones:
El Televisor puede estar conectado ya sea al decodificador o a la antena con un cable de
75-ohms (usualmente ya instalado en casas nuevas).
Este puede ser utilizado para conectar el Televisor a una antena dipolo, también conocida
como antena de conejo (usualmente encontrada en casa viejas).
Esto le permite conectar su Televisor a ambas, a un sistema de decodificador y a una antena

dipolo, en orden de poder usar ambas el decodificador y los canales locales.
✍ Si conecta el Televisor a una antena interior o exterior, es posible que deba ajustar la orientación de la
antena para obtener una mejor recepción.
11
Conexión del Dynamic Bass Response System

(Subwoofer Externo)*
Para lograr la mejor calidad de sonido conecte el Dynamic Bass Response System antes de
usar el Televisor.
✍ Desconecte el Televisor antes de conectar el Dynamic Bass Response System. No se debe conectar
ningún aparato diferente al que se le proporciona en las entradas del Dynamic Bass Response System
(Subwoofer); esto podría provocar un mal funcionamiento del Televisor. El Dynamic Bass Response System
no debe ser conectado a ningún otro aparato.
1 Introduzca el perno de soporte del Dynamic Bass Response System en el orificio guía que
se encuentra en la parte superior del Televisor.
Dynamic Bass Response System
Perno
Guía
2 Conecte los cables del Dynamic Bass Response System en los terminales indicados que están
en la parte posterior del Televisor (Subwoofer). El cable Gris se debe conectar al SUBWOOFER
(terminal color gris) y el cable color Negro debe estar conectado al SUBWOOFER
(terminal color negro) en la parte posterior de su Televisor (ver ilustración).
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc.

under USP4638258, 4482866.
PB BBE and the BBE symbol are
PR trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Subwoofer + (gris)
Subwoofer - (negro)
✍ Use solo los cables suministrados, de otro modo su Televisor no funcionará bien.
* Ver glosario as the 21fa

12
Conexiones del decodificador

Algunos sistemas de televisión por cable usan señales codificadas que requieren de un
decodificador para poder ver todos los canales. Si está suscrito a ese tipo de servicio de cable,
utilice esta conexión. Si algunos de sus canales están codificados, tome en consideración la
posibilidad de utilizar la conexión del Decodificador y cable.
Televisor y Decodificador
Decodificador
Desde el
cable/antena
Parte posterior del Televisor
1 3
S VIDEO
2
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
1 Conecte el cable coaxial de su servicio de cable a la toma IN del decodificador.

2 Conecte un cable coaxial (no incluido) desde la toma OUT del decodificador a la toma
VHF/UHF del Televisor.
Utilizando su Televisor con estas conexiones
Esta conexión le permite hacer lo siguiente:
❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su Decodificador (ver página 5).
❏ Para activar su remoto presione para operar su Decodificador; use los botones del
0 9 o el botón CH+/- para cambiar los canales. Para hacer esto, primero programe su
control remoto, entonces use la función de Fijar Canal para programar su Televisión al
canal 3 o 4 (ver página 31).
13
Decodificador y cable
Utilice esta conexión si está suscrito a un sistema de cable que codifique algunos canales
(canales de pago) pero no todos. Esta configuración le permite utilizar el control remoto para:
❏ Cambiar de canal por medio del decodificador cuando esté recibiendo una señal codificada.
❏ Cambiar de canal por medio de su Televisor.
Decodificador
Parte posterior
del televisor
3
Cable coaxial
2
1 3
Cable coaxial de 75 OHMS
S VIDEO
1
Cable CATV (canales no codificados)
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
1 Conecte el cable coaxial del servicio de cables a la toma VHF/UHF del Televisor.
2 Conecte la toma IN del decodificador a la toma TO CONVERTER del Televisor mediante
un cable coaxial (no incluido).
3 Conecte la toma OUT del decodificador a la toma AUX del Televisor mediante un cable
coaxial (no incluido).
❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su Decodificador (ver página 5).
❏ Para activar su remoto presione para operar su Decodificador; use los botones del
0 9 o el botón CH+/- para cambiar los canales. Para hacer esto, primero programe su
control remoto, entonces use la función de Fijar Canal para programar su televisión al
canal 3 o 4 (ver página 31).
❏ Presione para cambiar hacia delante y hacia atrás entre VHF/UHF (canales locales o
canales codificados) y AUX (sistema de cable o de paga).
14
01ES04BAS-BR.fm Page 15 Wednesday, March 12, 2003 10:27 AM

Conexión de un Televisor y una Videograbadora
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
2 Y
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
Videograbadora VIDEO
1 L
(MONO)
L
(MONO)
R R
Desde el
cable/antena Video (amarillo)
Audio izquierdo (blanco)
Audio derecho (rojo)
Conexión opcional
1 Conecte el cable coaxial de la antena del Televisor o del servicio de cable a la toma IN de la
Videograbadora.
2 Conecte el cable coaxial (no incluido) de la toma OUT de la Videograbadora a la toma
VHF/UHF del Televisor.
Conexión opcional
❏ Si la Videograbadora dispone de salidas de video, puede obtener una mejor calidad de
imagen conectando los cables de audio/video (no incluidos) desde la salida AUDIO/
VIDEO OUT de la Videograbadora a la toma AUDIO/VIDEO IN del Televisor.
❏ Para obtener una mejor calidad de imagen, utilice S VIDEO en lugar del cable amarillo de
video. Como S VIDEO no proporciona sonido, debe mantener conectados los cables de
audio.
❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su Videograbadora (ver página 5).
❏ Para activar su remoto presione para operar su Videograbadora, ver página 5 en
como operar otras funciones. Para hacer esto, primero programe su control remoto,
entonces use la función de Fijar Canal para programar su televisión al canal 3 o 4 (ver
página 31)
❏ Presione repetidas veces para cambiar entre la toma de la Videograbadora (VIDEO
input) y VHF/UHF (canales locales).
15
Conexión de un Televisor, una Videograbadora y un Decodificador

Utilice esta conexión si está suscrito a un sistema de cable que codifique algunos canales
(canales de pago) pero no todos. Esta configuración le permite utilizar el control remoto para:
❏ Cambiar el canal con el decodificador o la Videograbadora mientras recibe una señal
codificada.
❏ Cambiar el canal con el Televisor.
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
2b Videograbadora
3 Video (amarillo)
Conector
1 en Y
4
Cable
2a Decodificador
1 Conecte la toma de entrada del conector en Y a su conexión de cable de entrada.

2 Con un cable coaxial (no incluido), conecte las dos tomas de salida del conector en Y a:
a) La toma IN del decodificador.
b) La toma VHF/UHF del Televisor.
3 Conecte la toma OUT del decodificador a la toma IN de la Videograbadora con un cable
coaxial (no incluido).
4 Si la Videograbadora tiene salidas de video, podrá obtener una mejor calidad de imagen si
conecta los cables de audio / video (no incluidos) desde la salida de AUDIO / VIDEO
OUT de la Videograbadora a la toma de entrada AUDIO / VIDEO IN del Televisor.
16
Conexión opcional
❏ Si la Videograbadora tiene salidas de video, podrá obtener una mejor calidad de imagen si
conecta los cables de audio/video (no incluidos) desde la salida AUDIO/VIDEO OUT de
la Videograbadora a la toma de entrada AUDIO/VIDEO IN del Televisor.
video. Como S VIDEO no proporciona sonido, debe mantener conectados los cables de audio.
Estas conexiones le permiten hacer lo siguiente:
❏ Para usar el codificador para cambiar canales, programe la televisión al canal 3 o 4. Use la
función de fijar canal para asegurar que no cambie de canal accidentalmente (ver página
32).
❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su Videograbadora o Decoficador (ver
página 5).
❏ Para activar su control remoto presiona para operar su video casetera o botón
para operar su Decodificador, ver página sobre como operar otras funciones dependiendo
del equipo que quiera usar.
❏ Presione varias veces para cambiar entre la toma de la Videograbadora, (VIDEO
input), VHF/UHF (canales locales o canales codificados) o su Decodificador (sistema de
cable o canales codificados).
17
Conexión de un Televisor y un Receptor de Satélite

Desde el
cable/
antena
2 Parte posterior del Televisor
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
Receptor de satélite PB
PR
1 VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
Cable de R R
la antena
satelital Video (amarillo)
3 Audio izquierdo (blanco)
1 Conecte el cable de la antena por satélite a la toma de SATELLITE IN del receptor de

satélite.
2 Conecte el cable coaxial del servicio de cable o antena a la toma VHF/UHF del Televisor.
3 Use cables de audio/video (no incluidos) para conectar las tomas AUDIO/VIDEO OUT
del receptor de satélite a la toma de AUDIO/VIDEO IN del Televisor.
❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su receptor de satélite (ver página 8).
❏ Para activar su control remoto para operar su receptor de satélite presiona , ver
página 8, sobre como operar otras funciones dependiendo del equipo que quiere usar.
❏ Presione repetidas veces para cambiar entre la toma del receptor de satélite (VIDEO
input).
18
Conexión de un Televisor, Videograbadora y un Receptor de Satélite
4 Desde el Parte posterior del Televisor

cable/
1 antena 1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
2 S VIDEO
Y
Videograbadora PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Receptor de satélite
Video (amarillo)
3 Audio izquierdo (blanco)
5
1 Conecte el cable de la antena por satélite a la entrada SATELLITE IN del Receptor de

Satélite.
2 Conecte el cable coaxial del servicio de cable o antena a la toma IN de la Videograbadora.
3 Conecte la toma OUT de la Videograbadora a la toma VHF/UHF del Televisor con un
cable coaxial (no incluido).
4 Use cables de audio/video (no incluidos) para conectar las tomas de AUDIO/VIDEO
OUT del Receptor de Satélite a la toma de AUDIO/VIDEO IN de la Videograbadora.
5 Conecte las tomas AUDIO/VIDEO OUT de la Videograbadora a las tomas AUDIO/
VIDEO IN del Televisor con cables de audio/video (no incluidos).
✍ Para ver las imágenes desde el Receptor de Satélite o la Videograbadora, seleccione la entrada de video a la
que esté conectado el Receptor de Satélite o la Videograbadora presionando en el control remoto.
Utilizando su Televisión con estas conexiones

❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su Videograbadora o Receptor de Satélite
(ver página 5).
❏ Para que el Receptor de satélite trabaje con esta conexión su Videograbadora debe estar
prendida.
❏ Para operar su Videograbadora con el control remoto presiona o botón para
operar su Receptor de Satélite, ver página 5, sobre como operar otras funciones
dependiendo del equipo que quiere usar.
❏ Presione varias veces para cambiar la toma de la Videograbadora (VIDEO input),
VHF/UHF (canales locales o canales codificados) o su Decodificador (sistema de cable o
canales codificados).
19
Conexión de un Reproductor de DVD

Use cables de audio/video (no incluidos) para conectar las tomas de AUDIO/VIDEO OUT
del reproductor de DVD a la toma de VIDEO IN del Televisor.
Parte posterior del
Reproductor de DVD Parte posterior del Televisor
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Video (amarillo)
Conexión opcional
video. Como S VIDEO no proporciona sonido, debe mantener conectados los cables de
audio.
❏ Si el Reproductor de DVD tiene salidas de video para componentes (Y, PB, PR), puede
optimizar la calidad de imagen con cables de video para componentes (480i únicamente).

Parte posterior del
Reproductor de DVD 1 3 4
Y
5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Y (verde)
PB (azul) Audio izquierdo (blanco)
PR (rojo) Audio derecho (rojo)
2 1
1 Conecte Y, PB, PR OUT de su reproductor de DVD a Y, PB, PR IN del Televisor con cables de
componentes de video (no incluidos).
2 Conecte la toma AUDIO OUT del reproductor de DVD a la toma AUDIO IN del Televisor.
✍ Las salidas Y, PB, PR del reproductor de DVD en ocasiones están marcadas Y, CB y CR o Y, B-Y, y R-Y. En
tal caso, conecte los cables según el color de las tomas.

❏ Programar su control remoto Sony para operar su reproductor de DVD (ver página 5).
❏ Para activar su control remoto presiona para operar su DVD, ver página 7, sobre como
operar otras funciones.
❏ Presione varias veces para cambiar la toma del DVD (VIDEO input).
20
Conexión de una Cámara de Video

Para conectar su Videocámara usted puede ya sea usar la toma del panel frontal del Televisor
o la toma del panel posterior del Televisor Audio/ Video. Usando los cables de AUDIO/
VIDEO OUT (no suministrado), conecte el AUDIO/VIDEO OUT de su videocámara a la toma
de AUDIO/VIDEO OUT en su TV.
Panel de audio/video frontal

Salida de
Video (amarillo)
audio/video
Conexión opcional
❏ Para obtener una mejor calidad de imagen, use S VIDEO en lugar del cable amarillo de video.
Como S VIDEO no proporciona sonido, debe mantener conectados los cables de audio.
Conexión de un sistema de Audio

1 Usando los cables de audio/video (no suministrados), conecte AUDIO OUT en su TV a
una de las tomas no usadas (e.g. TV, AUX, TAPE2) en su estereo.
2 La utilización del Menú de Audio en la página 29, programa la opción de apagado de las
bocinas.
3 En la página 29, “Audio Out” (salida de audio) de la opción del Menú de Audio seleccione
la opció “Variable”, si usted quiere controlar el volumen a través del Televisor o con la
opción "Fija" si usted quiere controlar el volumen a través del sistema de Audio.
1 3 4 5 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
S VIDEO
PB
PR
AUDIO-L (blanco)
VIDEO
L L
(MONO) (MONO)
R R
Entrada
AUDIO-R (rojo)
de
línea
21

Ajuste automático del Televisor
Cuando haya terminado de conectar el Televisor, puede ajustar los canales con la opción de
Autoprogramación.
1 primero conecte la antena depues presione para encender el Televisor. Aparece la
pantalla de Ajustes iniciales.
Ajustes iniciales
Autoprogramación: [CH+]
Salir: [CH–]
Primero conecte el
cable o la antena
2 Presione en el control remoto o en el panel frontal del Televisor para realizar la

Autoprogramación, o presione para salir.
✍ La pantalla Ajustes iniciales aparecerá cada vez que encienda el televisor hasta que active
Autoprogramación o se salga de esta pagina.
Para volver activar Autoprogramación

1 Presione .
2 Presione g para seleccionar Canal.
3 Presione f para seleccionar Cable. Presione para seleccionar.
4 Presione F o f para seleccionar Si o No según el estado del televisor. Presione .
5 Presione f para seleccionar Autoprogramación. Presione para buscar los canales.
6 Una vez finalizada la función de Autoprogramación, presione para salir.
Para reestablecer los ajustes de fábrica del televisor

1 Encienda el televisor.
2 Mantenga oprimido el botón del control remoto.
3 Oprima y suelte el botón POWER (encendido/apagado) del panel frontal del televisor. (El
televisor se apaga.)
4 Suelte el botón .
23
Acceso rápido a los menús

Los ajustes siguientes están disponibles en los menús de pantalla. Para obtener más detalles
sobre el uso de los menús, consulte “Uso de los Menús” en la página 27.
Menú Permite
Video Audio Canal Bloqueo Timer Ajustes Básico
Modo : Vívido
Contraste
Brillo
Color
Tinte
Nitidez
Temp. Color: Frío
VM: Alto
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: Modificar los ajustes de la imagen.

Agudos
Graves
Balance
Auto Volumen: Sí
Efecto: WOW
MTS: Estéreo
Bocinas: Sí
Salida de Audio: Var.
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: Cambiar el ajuste de audio.

Canales Favoritos
Cable : No
Fijar Canal: No
Autoprogramación
Omitir/Añadir Canal
Nombre del Canal
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: Personalizar el ajuste de los canales.

Bloqueo de Canal
1: No
2: No
3: No
4: No
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: Bloquear los canales no deseados.

24
Menú Permite
Timer 1 : No
Timer 2 : No
Hora Actual
Ajustar el reloj del televisor y programar el

: AM encendido y apagado automático en un canal
establecido mediante Timer 1 y Timer 2
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: (Reloj 1 y Reloj 2).
Caption Vision: No
Etiqueta de Video Seleccionar los modos de subtítulos,
Rotación: 0
Idioma: Español
etiquetar las entradas de video, corregir la
Modo 16:9:Auto inclinación de la imagen, seleccionar el
Demo
idioma de los menús, realzar la resolución
de la imagen para el reproductor de DVD o
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: ejecutar una demostración de los menús.
Oprima
para entrar
al Menú Básico
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir:
Menú Básico
Contraste Ajustar
Caption Vision: No
Efecto: No
Menú Avanzado
Intensidad blanca
Obtener acceso rápido a los ajustes de menú
Mover: Seleccionar: Salir: de uso más común.
25
Uso de los Menús

Esta sección muestra las opciones disponibles para configurar y ajustar el Televisor.
Para accesar a un Menú

1 Presione para ver el menú en pantalla.
2 Utilice los botones G o g para seleccionar el menú deseado y después presione .
3 Utilice los botones F o f para seleccionar la opción deseada y después presione .
4 Siga las indicaciones que aparecen en pantalla para activar las opciones deseadas.
Presione para terminar el ajuste.
5 Presione para salir del menú.
✍ Presione una vez para mostrar el menú en pantalla y presiónelo de nuevo para volver a la vista
normal. Si no presiona ningún botón, el menú se cierra automáticamente transcurridos 90 segundos
aproximadamente.
27
Uso del Menú de Video

Para accesar al Menú de Video, siga los siguientes pasos:
Para mostrar Para seleccionar

Modo : Vívido Vívido
Contraste Estándar
Brillo Película
Color Pro
Tinte
Nitidez
Temp. Color: Frío
VM: Alto
Preferencia personal
Presione f para resaltar la opción deseada; después
presione . Mover: Seleccionar: Salir:
Modo Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después

Visualización presione para seleccionarla.
personalizada de Vívido: Seleccione este modo para aumentar el contraste y la nitidez
la imagen de la imagen.
Estándar: Seleccione este modo para obtener una imagen estándar.
Película: Seleccione este modo para obtener una imagen muy detallada.
Pro: Seleccione este modo para una imagen con mejor nitidez.
✍ Presione para accesar directamente a los modos de la imagen (Vívido, Estándar, Película y Pro).
Controles de Contraste: Presione G para reducir el contraste de la imagen. Presione g

imagen para aumentar el contraste de la imagen.
Brillo: Presione G para oscurecer la imagen. Presione g para
aumentar el brillo de la imagen.
Color: Presione G para reducir la intensidad del color. Presione g
para aumentar la intensidad del color.
Tinte: Presione G para aumentar los tonos rojos. Presione g para
aumentar los tonos verdes.
Nitidez: Presione G para suavizar la imagen. Presione g para
aumentar la nitidez de la imagen.
Temp. Color Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después
Ajuste de la presione para seleccionarla.
tonalidad del Frío: Proporciona a los colores blancos un tono azulado.
blanco Neutro: Proporciona a los colores blancos un tono neutro.
Cálido: Proporciona a los colores blancos un tono rojizo.
VM Aumenta la nitidez de la imagen y proporciona un contorno limpio y
Modulación de nítido a los objetos. Utilice los botones F o f para seleccionar una de las
velocidad siguientes opciones: Alto, Bajo, No. Después oprima .
28
Uso de los Menús
Uso del Menú de Audio

Para accesar al Menú de Audio, siga los siguientes pasos:
Para mostrar Para resaltar Para seleccionar

Agudos Ajustar
Graves
Balance
Efecto: No
MTS: Estéreo
Bocinas: Sí
Salida de Audio: Var.
Presione f para resaltar la opción deseada; después Tonos de alta

frecuencia
Agudos Presione G para reducir los sonidos agudos. Presione g para aumentar los
sonidos agudos.
Graves Presione G para reducir los sonidos graves. Presione g para aumentar los
sonidos graves.
Balance Presione G para enfatizar el volumen de la bocina izquierda. Presione g
para enfatizar el volumen de la bocina derecha.
Efecto Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después
presione para seleccionarla.
Surround: Simula el sonido con calidad de sala de cine para programas
estéreo.
No: Recepción mono o estéreo normal.
✍ Presione / para accesar directamente a los ajustes de Efecto de Audio (Simulado, WOW,
Trusurround, No).
Bocinas Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después

Selección presione para seleccionarla.
personalizada de Sí: Seleccione esta opción para escuchar el sonido de las bocinas
la fuente de del Televisor con sistema de audio externo o sin él.
salida de audio No: Seleccione esta opción para apagar las bocinas del Televisor y
escuchar el sonido del Televisor únicamente por las bocinas
del sistema de audio externo.
29
Salida de Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después

Audio presione para seleccionarla.
Utilícelo para Variable: Ajusta el volumen a través del Televisor.
controlar el Fija: Ajusta el volumen a través de un dispositivo estéreo
volumen del conectado.
Televisor con un
equipo de sonido
✍ La función Salida de Audio sólo puede activarse cuando Bocinas se encuentra en la posición No.
30
Uso de los Menús
Uso del Menú de Canal

Para accesar al Menú de Canal, siga los siguientes pasos:

Canales Favoritos Programar
Cable : No
Fijar Canal: No
Autoprogramación
Omitir/Añadir Canal
Nombre del Canal
Programar sus
Presione f para resaltar la opción deseada; después canales preferidos
Canales 1 Presione F o f para seleccionar la posición (1 a 8) en la que desea

Favoritos ajustar un canal favorito y después presione .
Acceso rápido 2 Presione F o f para desplazarse por los canales hasta encontrar el que
a los canales desea agregar a sus canales favoritos.
favoritos 3 Presione para seleccionarlo, esto cambiará su Televisor de manera
automática al canal que seleccionó.
4 Presione G para volver al menú de Canal o presione para salir.
✍ Estando fuera de los menús: Salga de todos los menús y presione . Presione F o f para desplazar
el cursor al número de canal deseado y presione .
Cable Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después

Sí: Selecciónelo si recibe canales de sistema de televisión de pago.
No: Selecciónelo si utiliza una antena de televisión.
✍ Después de seleccionar la opción de cable, deberá realizar la función de Autoprogramación para que
la televisión reconozca los nuevos canales. No podrá cambiar las opciones de cable cuando Fijar canal
esté activado.
31
Fijar Canal Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después
No: Fijar Canal no está activado.
2-6: Selecciónelos cuando desee controlar toda la selección de
canales por medio de un decodificador o una Videograbadora.
Seleccione el canal adecuado (normalmente el 3 o el 4) y utilice
el control remoto del decodificador o de la Videograbadora
para seleccionar los canales.
AUX 2-6: Use este ajuste en lugar de 2-6 si desea cambiar de canal
mediante un Decodificador, Videogrbadora o Receptor de
Satélite y lo haya conectado a la entrada AUX .
Video 1: Seleccione esta opción para fijar su Televisor a las entradas de
video disponibles cuando tenga conectado el equipo de video,
(por ejemplo, el Receptor de Satélite).
Autoprograma- Realize la función de Autoprogramación siempre que cambie la entrada de
ción VHF/UHF en la parte posterior del Televisor.
El Televisor recorrerá todos los canales disponibles y programará los que se
reciben.
Omitir/Añadir Utilice esta función después de ejecutar Autoprogramación para omitir los
Canal canales no deseados o para añadir nuevos canales.
1 Presione F o f para seleccionar la posición del canal deseado y
después presione .
2 Presione F o f para omitir o añadir canal y después presione .
✍ Cuando presione CH+ o CH- no tendrá acceso a los canales omitidos, sólo a través de los
botones --9 podrá sintonizarlos.
Nombre del 1 Presione y después presione F o f hasta que localice el número de

Canal canal deseado. Presione para activar el canal.
2 Presione f para resaltar “Nombre” y después presione . Presione
F o f para mostrar la primera letra o número de la etiqueta y después
presione para seleccionarlo. Repita este proceso, hasta que halla
seleccionado todas las letras.
✍ No podrá utilizar las opciones Canales Favoritos, Cable, Omitir/Añadir Canal, Nombre del
Canal y el menú de Bloqueo de Canal cuando Fijar Canal esté activado.
32
Uso de los Menús
Uso del Menú de Bloqueo de Canal

Para accesar al Menú de Bloqueo de Canal, siga los siguientes pasos:

Bloqueo de Canal
No
1: No 1
2: No 2
3: No 3
4: No 4
Acceso paterno a los
canales
Bloquear o 1 Presione F o f para seleccionar la posición (1 a 4) en la que desee

Desbloquear bloquear o desbloquear un canal y después presione .
2 Presione F o f para desplazarse por los canales hasta encontrar el
canal que desee bloquear o desbloquear y después presione .
3 Presione para salir.
✍ Si un canal está bloqueado, se mostrará una pantalla negra con la palabra “Bloqueado”, la
función de bloqueo de canal no aplica a las entradas de video.
33
Uso del Menú de Timer (Reloj)

Para accesar al Menú de Timer, siga los siguientes pasos:

Timer 1 : No
Timer 2 : No
Hora Actual Programar
Programar la hora : AM
Hora Actual Permite ajustar el día y la hora actual en su Televisor. Presione para
abrir el menú de Hora Actual:
1 Presione F o f para resaltar el día que desee introducir y después
presione , repita este proceso hasta que halla seleccionado la hora
completa.
2 Presione para salir del Menú.
✍ Debe ajustar la Hora Actual antes de poder utilizar Timer 1 y Timer 2 (Reloj 1 y Reloj 2 ).
Timer 1 y Programa su Televisor para encenderse y apagarse al día, hora, duración

Timer 2 (Reloj y canal deseado. La duración máxima del reloj es de 6 horas. Cuando el
1 y Reloj 2) canal esté fijado, no será necesario introducir el canal.
Visualización 1 Presione F o f para seleccionar Timer 1 o Timer 2 (Reloj 1 o Reloj 2) y
programada después presione .
2 Presione F o f para introducir el día, hora, duración y el canal
deseado y después presione . Timer (Reloj) debe estar en Sí
cuando se haya fijado, y se encenderá una luz roja en el panel frontal
del Televisor.
3 Presione para salir del Menú.
✍ Seleccione No para desactivar el Timer (Reloj). El ajuste anterior quedará grabado.
✍ Al ejecutar Autoprogramación, los ajustes de Timer 1 y Timer 2 (Reloj 1 y Reloj 2) se borrarán.

Asimismo, en caso de producirse una pérdida de electricidad, los ajustes de Hora Actual, Timer 1 y
Timer 2 (Reloj 1 y Reloj 2) se borrarán.
34
Uso de los Menús
Uso del Menú de Ajustes

Para accesar al Menú de Ajustes, siga los siguientes pasos:

Caption Vision: No No
Etiqueta de Video CC1
CC2
Rotación: 0 CC3
Idioma: Español CC4
Modo 16:9:Auto Text1
Demo Text2
Text3
Text4
Presione f para resaltar la opción deseada; después Seleccione tipo Info
Caption Permite seleccionar tres modos de subtítulos (para programas que se emiten con
Vision subtítulos).
Subtítulos Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después presione
para seleccionarla.
No: Los subtítulos no están activados.
CC1, 2, 3, 4: Muestra el diálogo impreso y los efectos de sonido de un
programa.
Text1, 2, 3, 4: Muestra información sobre la red o emisora.
Info: Muestra el nombre del programa actual y el tiempo restante,
si está disponible.
Etiqueta de Permite etiquetar los componentes de audio / video conectados a su Televisor
Video como: VCR (Videograbadora), DVD (Reproductor de DVD) etc. Cuando presione
Etiqueta el TV / VIDEO la etiqueta seleccionada se mostrara en la pantalla.
equipo 1 Presione F o f para seleccionar la entrada que desee etiquetar y después
conectado presione .
2 Presione F o f para elegir una etiqueta y presione .
3 Presione G para volver al menú de Ajustes o presione para salir.
✍ Si usted selecciona “Omitir”, su Televisor pasará por alto esta conexión al oprimirse el botón
TV/VIDEO.
Rotación Presione F o f para corregir la inclinación de la imagen entre -5a +5 grados y

después presione para activarla.
Idioma Muestra todos los menús en el idioma elegido.
Presione F o f para seleccionar el idioma deseado: English (Inglés), Español,
Français (Francés) y después presione .
Modo 16:9 Proporciona una resolución mejorada de la imagen para fuentes de pantalla
panorámica como el Reproductor de DVD (sólo está disponible cuando el
Televisor esté en modo Video).
Demo Presione para efectuar una demostración de los menús en pantalla.
Demostración
✍ Puede presionar cualquier tecla para salir del modo Demo (Demostración).
35
Uso del Menú Básico

Para accesar al Menú Básico, siga los siguientes pasos:
Menú Básico
Contraste Ajustar
Caption Vision: No
Efecto: No
Menú Avanzado
Intensidad blanca
Presione f para resaltar la opción deseada; después
Contraste Presione G para disminuir el contraste de la imagen.

Contraste de la Presione g para aumentar el contraste de la imagen.
imagen
Caption En el menú Básico, Caption Vision solo muestra No y la última opción
Vision seleccionada (CC1-4, Text1-4, o Info).
Subtítulos
Efecto Presione F o f para resaltar una de las siguientes opciones y después
Surround: Simula el sonido con calidad de sala de cine para programas
estéreo.
No: Recepción mono o estéreo normal.
Menú Presione para volver a los menús avanzados.
Avanzado
✍ Si utiliza el botón para cerrar el menú Básico, éste aparecerá de nuevo cuando vuelva a
presionar . Para accesar a los demás menús, presione f para resaltar el Menú Avanzado y
después presione .
36
Información Adicional
Solución de problemas
Si tiene problemas con el Televisor, intente seguir las indicaciones que se sugieren a
continuación. Si el problema persiste, consulte con su proveedor Sony mas cercano.
General
Problema Posibles Soluciones
Hace falta ❏ Encienda el Televisor, mientras mantenga oprimido el botón del control
restablecer los remoto, oprima el botón de POWER (encendido/apagado) del panel frontal del
ajustes de fábrica Televisor (el Televisor se apagara). Suelte el botón . Encienda el Televisor.
El Televisor está ❏ Limpié el Televisor con un paño suave y seco. Nunca use solventes fuertes como
sucio diluyentes o bencina, puesto que pueden dañar el acabado de la unidad.
Aparece un cuadro ❏ Esta seleccionada una opción de texto en el menú de Ajustes (página 35) y no
negro en la pantalla hay texto disponible. Para desactivar esta función, seleccione No en la opción
Caption Visión (subtítulos). Si desea ver subtítulos, escoja CC1-4 en lugar de
Text1-4.
Control Remoto
El Control Remoto no ❏ Al operar su Televisor oprima TV (FUNCTION).
funciona ❏ Vea si instaló las baterías correctamente.
❏ Las baterías pueden estar bajas. Sustitúyalas (página 2).
❏ Aleje el Televisor por lo menos 1 metro de cualquier lámpara fluorescente.
No se puede cambiar ❏ Asegúrese de que no ha cambiado el Televisor del canal 3 o 4 con otro dispositivo
el canal con el para cambiar canales.
control remoto ❏ Si esta usando otro aparato para cambiar los canales, no olvide presionar el botón
FUNCTION correspondiente a ese aparato. Por ejemplo, si esta usando su
Videograbadora para controlar los canales, asegúrese de presionar los botones
VCR/DVD FUNCTION (página 4).
No puede accesar a ❏ Si utiliza el botón para cerrar el menú básico, este aparecerá de nuevo
otros menús con el cuando vuelva a presionar . Para acceder a los demás menús, seleccione
menú Básico. menú avanzado (página 36).
Perdió el control ❏ Puede utilizar los botones del panel frontal de audio y video para acceder a los
remoto menús (página 2). Póngase en contacto con su proveedor Sony más cercano para
solicitar uno de repuesto.
Mas de un código ❏ Introdúzcalos por separados hasta que encuentre el código correcto para su
esta listado equipo.
Se desprogramo el ❏ Debe programar de nuevo el control remoto.
control remoto
cuando
cambio las baterías
37
Video
No hay imagen ni ❏ Asegúrese de que el cable de alimentación esta conectado.
sonido ❏ Si hay luz roja que parpadea en la parte frontal del Televisor durante unos
minutos, desconecte y vuelva a conectar el cable de alimentación para
restaurar el Televisor. Si el problema persiste llame al servicio técnico local.
❏ Compruebe los ajuste de TV/VIDEO; si ve la si se ven en el Televisor,
póngalo en TV; si ve imágenes de un aparato de video, póngalo en VIDEO
1,2,3 o 4 (página 3)
❏ Intente ver otro canal para descartar algún problema en la emisora.
Imagen de mala ❏ Ajuste el contraste en el menú de Video (página 28).
calidad, sin Imagen, ❏ Ajuste el brillo en el menú de Video (página 28).
buen sonido ❏ Compruebe las conexiones de la antena o de televisión por pago (página 11).
Sin color ❏ Ajuste Color en el menú de Video (página 28).
Sin señal ❏ Compruebe el ajuste del cable en el menú de Canal (página 31).
❏ Compruebe las conexiones de la antena o de televisión por pago (página 31).
❏ Asegúrese de que el canal seleccionado este emitiendo señal.
Líneas de puntos o ❏ Ajuste la antena.
rayas ❏ Aparte el Televisor de cualquier otro equipo electrónico. Algunos equipos
electrónicos crean ruido eléctrico que puede interferir con la recepción del
Televisor.
Imágenes dobles o ❏ Revise la antena exterior a llame al servicio técnico de televisión por pago.
fantasmas
Audio
Buena imagen, sin ❏ Presione para que desaparezca Muting de la pantalla (página 3).
sonido ❏ Compruebe los ajustes de Audio. Es posible que el Televisor este ajustado en
Auto SAP o Bocinas se encuentre en la posición No (página 29).
Dynamic Bass Response System (Subwoofer Externo)

No tiene sonido ❏ Asegúrese de que los cables esten bien conectados en la salida del Subwoofer del
Televisor.
38
Información Adicional
Canales
No se reciben canales ❏ Asegúrese de que el cable esta en la posición NO en el menú de canal (página 31).
con un número alto ❏ Ejecute auto programación para añadir canales que actualmente no estén en la
(UHF) cuando se utiliza memoria (página 23).
una antena
Parece que no ❏ Asegúrese de que el cable este en la posición Si en el menú de Canal (página 31).
funcionan las emisoras ❏ Ejecute Auto programación para añadir canales que actualmente no estén en la
de cable memoria (página 23).
Sólo puedo sintonizar ❏ Asegúrese de que no configuro la etiqueta de video en el menú de ajustes (página
señal de televisión en la 35) para omitir sus entradas de video.
ventanilla
Si después de leer este manual de instrucciones, tiene más preguntas relacionadas con el uso del Televisor Sony, póngase en
contacto con su proveedor Sony más cercano para recibir asistencia técnica.
39
Especificaciones
Sistema de televisión Estándar de televisión estadounidense /NTSC

Cobertura de canales VHF: 2-13/UHF: 14-69/CATV: 1-125
Antena Terminal de antena externa para VHF/UHF de 75 ohm
Tubo de imagen Cinescopio FD Trinitron®
Requisitos de alimentación ca 120 V 60 Hz
para todos los países ca 220 V 50/60 Hz (Chile, Perú, Bolivia)
excepto en donde se
indique:
Accesorios incluidos Baterías (R6) de tamaño AA (2)
Control remoto
RM-Y180
Accesorios opcionales Cables de conexión VMC-810S/820S, VMC-720M,
YC-YC-15V/30V, RK74A
Mezclador EAC-66 U/V
Mesa para Televisor: SU-27F1
KV-29FA210
Tamaño de la pantalla Tamaño de pantalla visible: 679 mm (27 pulgadas) medido en diagonal
Tamaño de pantalla real: 736,6 mm (29 pulgadas) medido en diagonal
Entradas/salidas Entradas 1 video, 1 audio (panel frontal) Salidas
1 S VIDEO 2 salida de audio
2 Y, PB,PR, 2 salidas de audio
1 RF
2 video (panel posterior y panel frontal)
1 salida para Dynamic Bass Response System (Subwoofer Externo)
1 salida de Monitor
Salida de bocina 10W X 2
Dynamic Bass Response 20 W
System
Consumo de energía 190 W
para todos los países 175 W (Chile, Perú, Bolivia)
excepto en donde se 1 W en espera
indique:
Dimensiones
784 x 601,5 x 520 mm (307/8 x 231/8 x 201/2 pulgadas)
(Anch. × Alt. × Prof.):
Peso 52,8 kg (116,2 lbs.)
El diseño y las especificaciones están sujetos a cambios sin previo aviso.
40
Índice alfabético
A E
Agudos 29 Efecto
Autoprogramación 32 No 29
B Surround 29
Balance 29 Especificaciones 40
Bloquear o Desbloquear 33 Etiqueta de Video 35
Bocinas 29 F
Brillo 28 Fijar Canal 32
C G
Cable 31 Graves 29
Canales Favoritos 31 H
Caption Vision 35 Hora Actual 34
Características del televisor 1
ClearEdge VM 28 I
Color 28 Idioma 35
Conexiones M
Cable y antena 11 Menú Avanzado 36
Conexión de dos videograbadoras 15 Menús
Conexión de un reproductor de DVD 20 Ajustes 35
Conexión de un sistema de sonido 21 Audio 29
Conexión de un televisor y una Básico 36
videograbadora 15 Bloqueo de Canal 33
Conexión de un televisor, una Canal 31
videograbadora y un Timer (Reloj) 34
decodificador 16 Video 28
Conexión de un Televisor, Modo
Videograbadora y un receptor de Estándar 28
Satélite 19 Película 28
Conexión de una cámara de video 21 Vívido 28
Decodificador y cable 14 Modo 16:9 35
Televisor y Decodificador 13 N
Contraste 28
Nitidez 28
Control remoto
Nombre del Canal 32
Baterías 2
Programación 5 O
Uso 3 Omitir/Añadir Canal 32
D P
Demo (Demostración) 35 Panel frontal del televisor 2
DISPLAY (Despliegue) 4 Panel posterior del televisor 9
41
R T
Rotación 35 Temperatura del Color 28
S Timer 1 y Timer 2 (Reloj 1 y Reloj 2) 34
Salida de Audio 30 Tinte 28
SLEEP 3
Solución de problemas 37
42
Corporación Sony Impreso en EE.UU.

PRINTING THE SERVICE MANUAL
The PDF of this service manual is not designed to be printed from cover to cover. The pages vary in size, and must therefore be printed in sections
based on page dimensions.
NON-SCHEMATIC PAGES
Data that does NOT INCLUDE schematic diagrams are formatted to 8.5 x 11 inches and can be printed on standard letter-size and/or A4-sized paper.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
The schematic diagram pages are provided in two ways, full size and tiled. The full-sized schematic diagrams are formatted on paper sizes between
8.5” x 11” and 18” x 30” depending upon each individual diagram size. Those diagrams that are LARGER than 11” x 17” in full-size mode have been
tiled for your convience and can be printed on standard 11” x 17” (tabloid-size) paper, and reassembled.
TO PRINT FULL SIZE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
If you have access to a large paper plotter or printer capable of outputting the full-sized diagrams, output as follows:
1) Note the page size(s) of the schematics you want to output as indicated in the middle window at the bottom of the viewing screen.
2) Go to the File menu and select Print Set-up. Choose the printer name and driver for your large format printer. Confirm that the printer settings
are set to output the indicated page size or larger.
3) Close the Print Set Up screen and return to the File menu. Select “Print...” Input the page number of the schematic(s) you want to print in the
print range window. Choose OK.
TO PRINT TILED VERSION OF SCHEMATICS
Schematic pages that are larger than 11” x 17” full-size are provided in a 11” x 17” printable tiled format near the end of the document. These can be
printed to tabloid-sized paper and assembled to full-size for easy viewing.
If you have access to a printer capable of outputting the tabloid size (11” x 17”) paper, then output the tiled version of the diagram as follows:
1) Note the page number(s) of the schematics you want to output as indicated in the middle window at the bottom of the viewing screen.
2) Go to the File menu and select Print Set-up. Choose the printer name and driver for your printer. Confirm that the plotter settings are set to output
11” x 17”, or tabloid size paper in landscape ( ) mode.
3) Close the Print Set Up screen and return to the File menu. Select “Print...” Input the page number of the schematic(s) you want to print in the
print range window. Choose OK.
TO PRINT SPECIFIC SECTIONS OF A SCHEMATIC
To print just a particular section of a PDF, rather than a full page, access the Graphics Select tool in the Acrobat Reader tool bar.
1) To view the Graphics Select Tool, press and HOLD the mouse button over the Text Select Tool which looks like: T
This tool will expand to reveal to additional tools.
Choose the Graphics Select tool by placing the cursor over the button on of the far right that looks like:
2) After selecting the Graphics Select Tool, place your cursor in the document window and the cursor will change to a plus (+) symbol. Click and
drag the cursor over the area you want to print. When you release the mouse button, a marquee (or dotted lined box) will be displayed outlining
the area you selected.
3) With the marquee in place, go to the file menu and select the “Print...” option. When the print window appears, choose the option under the section
called “Print Range” which says “Selected Graphic”.
Select OK and the output will print only the area that you outlined with the marquee.
(continued >)
ON-SCREEN SEARCH OPTION
All of the text within the service manual PDF is content searchable. This means that you can enter any text, word, phrase or reference number that
appears in the manual, and the PDF software will search, find and move the cursor to the location where you requested text first appears. This feature
can be particularly useful in locating components on a specific schematic or printed wire circuit board (PWB) diagrams.
Follow these steps to effectively locate a component on a schematic diagram:
1) Locate the schematic you want to search by clicking on the corresponding bookmark on the left side of the screen. The view on the right of the
screen will then jump to the desired schematic page.
2) Magnify the diagram to at least 400% before conducting a component search. This will enable you to easily view the reference number when
it is highlighted on screen. To do this, click on the magnifying glass button on the tool bar at the top of the screen. Move the cursor over the
diagram and RIGHT click you mouse. Select the 400% magnification option on the pop-up menu. Click on the button with the icon of the open
hand to deactivate the magnification tool
3) Search the diagram (or the entire manual) by clicking on the binocular button tool at the top of the screen. The “Find” window will appear and
allow you to type in your desired text. Type in a reference designator, such as R502, and click on the “Find” button. If the component is not on the
diagram, but is listed anywhere else in the manual, the cursor will jump to the first location the text is found in the file. To find another instance of
that same text, click on the binocular button again and select “Find Again.”

Sony kv27fs210 - kv32fs210 - (ET) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sony kv27fs210 - kv32fs210 - (ET) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HISTORY INFORMATION FOR THE FOLLOWING MANUAL:

SERVICE MANUAL BA-5D CHASSIS

MODEL NAME REMOTE COMMANDER DESTINATION CHASSIS NO.

KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65LA

KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64HA

KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN NORTH SCC-S62SA

KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN SOUTH SCC-S62TA

KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65NA

KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64KA

KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65PA

KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 HAWAII SCC-S67DA

ORIGINAL MANUAL ISSUE DATE: 5/2003

REVISION DATE SUBJECT

5/2003 No revisions or updates are applicable at this time.

TRINITRON® COLOR TELEVISION

SERVICE MANUAL BA-5D CHASSIS

MODEL NAME REMOTE COMMANDER DESTINATION CHASSIS NO.

KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65LA

KV-27FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64HA

KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN NORTH SCC-S62SA

KV-29FA210 RM-Y180 LATIN SOUTH SCC-S62TA

KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65NA

KV-32FS210 RM-Y181 CANADA SCC-S64KA

KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 US SCC-S65PA

KV-36FS210 RM-Y181 HAWAII SCC-S67DA

TRINITRON® COLOR TELEVISION

SECTION TITLE PAGE

KV-29FA210 (N) KV-29FA210 (S) KV-27FS210 KV-32FS210 KV-36FS210

Channel coverage PR: Vp-p, 75 ohms

Visible screen size

Actual screen size

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

! SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

! ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS A LA SECURITE!!

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Self Diagnosis

Diagnostic Test Indicators

Diagnostic Item Flash Count*

*One flash count is not used for self-diagnostic.

Stopping the Standby/Timer LED Flash

Self-Diagnostic Screen Display

To Bring Up Screen Test

DISPLAY Channel 5 Sound volume - Power ON.

Handling of Self-Diagnostic Screen Display

Clearing the Result Display

Quitting the Self-Diagnostic Screen

1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL

1-2. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY REMOVAL

1-3. SERVICE POSITION

1-4. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

WARNING: BEFORE REMOVING THE ANODE CAP

ANODE CAP REMOVAL PROCEDURE

SECTION 2: SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS

2-1. BEAM LANDING

NOTE: Do not use the hand degausser; it magnetizes the CRT .

Deflection yoke positioning

3. Input green pattern from pattern generator.

2-2. CONVERGENCE OPERATION OF BMC (HEXPOLE) MAGNET

V.STAT magnet Y SEPARATION AXIS CORRECTION MAGNET

Tilt the V. STAT magnet and adjust static convergence to open or

2. When the V. STAT magnet is moved in the direction of arrow a and b,

DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT 1. Adjust XCV core to balance X axis.

1. Affix a permalloy assembly corresponding to the misconverged areas:

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��